Skip to main content

Full text of "History of New Testament criticism"

See other formats


{presented  to 

Gbe  Xibrarp 

of  tbe 

of  Toronto 


Bertram  1R.  2>avis 

from  tbe  boofce  of 

tbe  late  Xionel  2>avi0,  I 


ERASMUS. 


HISTORY  OF 

NEW  TESTAMENT 
CRITICISM 


BY 


F.  C.  CONYBEARE,  M.A., 

Late  Fellow  and  Praelector  of  Univ.  Coll.,  OxforJ  : 
Fellow  of  the  British  Academy  ;  Doctor  of  Theology,  honoris  c 
of  Giessen  ;  Officier  D'Academie 


LONDON  : 

WATTS  &  CO., 

JOHNSON'S  COfKT,  FLEET  STREET,  E.C.4 


Printed  in  Great  Britain 

by  Watts  &  Co.,  Johnson's  Court, 

Fleet  Street,  London,  E.G. 4 


PREFACE 

THE  least  unkind  of  my  critics  will  probably  find  two  faults 
with  this  work  :  firstly,  that  it  is  sketchy,  and,  secondly,  that 
it  says  too  little  of  the  history  of  textual  criticism  and  of  the 
manuscripts  and  versions  in  which  the  New  Testament  has 
come  down  to  us. 

I  must  plead  in  excuse  that  I  could  do  no  more  in  so  short 
a  book,  and  that  it  is  in  any  case  not  intended  for  specialists, 
but  for  the  wider  public.  Within  its  limits  there  is  no  room 
to  enumerate  one  half  of  the  important  commentaries  and 
works  of  learning  about  the  New  Testament  which  have 
been  produced  in  the  last  two  hundred  years.  The  briefest 
catalogue  of  these  would  have  filled  a  volume  four  times 
as  large.  I  had,  therefore,  to  choose  between  a  bare 
enumeration  of  names  and  titles,  and  a  sketch  of  a  move 
ment  of  thought  conducted  by  a  few  prominent  scholars  and 
critics.  I  chose  the  latter.  Writing  for  English  readers,  I 
have  also  endeavoured  to  bring  into  prominence  the  work  of 
English  writers;  and,  in  general,  I  have  singled  out  for 
notice  courageous  writers  who,  besides  being  learned,  were 
ready  to  face  obloquy  and  unpopularity  ;  for,  unhappily,  in 
the  domain  of  Biblical  criticism  it  is  difficult  to  please  the 
majority  of  readers  without  being  apologetic  in  tone  and 
"goody-goody."  A  worker  in  this  field  who  finds  himself 
praised  by  such  journals  as  the  Saturday  Review  or  the 
Church  Times  may  instantly  suspect  himself  of  being  either 
superstitious  or  a  time-server. 

So  much  in  defence  of  myself  from  the  first  charge.     As  to 

v 


vi  PREFACE 


the  second,  I  would  have  liked  to  relate  the  discovery  of  many 
important  manuscripts,  and  to  describe  and  appraise  the 
ancient  versions — Latin,  Syriac,  Armenian,  Gothic,  Georgian, 
Coptic,  Ethiopic,  and  Arabic — to  the  exploration  of  which  I 
have  devoted  many  years.  I  would  also  have  loved  to  bring- 
before  my  readers  the  great  figures  of  Tyndale,  Erasmus, 
Beza,  Voss,  Grotius,  Wetstein,  Griesbach,  Matthaei, 
Tischendorf,  Lachmann,  Scrivener,  Lightfoot,  and  other 
eminent  translators,  editors,  and  humanists.  But  it  was 
useless  to  explore  this  domain  except  in  a  separate  volume 
relating  the  history,  not  of  New  Testament  criticism  in 
general,  but  of  textual  criticism  in  particular. 

F.  C.  C. 

September,  igio. 


CONTENTS 


PAGB 

PREFACE        •.....•  v 

LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS      .....  x 
CHAPTER  I. — ANCIENT  EXEGESIS 

Gradual  formation  of  New  Testament  Canon  .  i 
Early  doubts  entertained  about  the  authorship  of  the 

Johannine  books          .....  2 

Dionysius  of  Alexandria  on  the  Apocalypse    .             .  3 

Origin's  method  of  Allegory     ....  9 

Jerome     .            .            .            .            .            .             .  14 

CHAPTER  II. — THE  HARMONISTS 

The  Reformation  narrowed  the  idea  of  Inspiration, 

and  excluded  the  use  of  Allegory      .             .             .  15 
The  Harmony  of  William  Whiston       .             .             .16 

Example,  The  Mission  of  the  Seventy  disciples           .  17 

Attitude  of  Dean  Alford  towards  the  Harmonists      .  18 

Attitude  of  modern  divines — e.g.,  of  Dean  Robinson.  20 
Another  example  of  forced  harmonising  from  Edward 

Greswell           ......  23 

Dean  Alford  on  Inspiration       .  .  .  .25 

Examples  of  his  timidity             ....  27 

Dr.  Sanday  repudiates  old  views  of  Inspiration  .  28 
Sir  Robert  Anderson  on  Modern  High  Church 

attitude              ......  29 

CHAPTER  III. — THE  DEISTS 

Socinian  orthodoxy  .  .  .  .  ,  30 
Tindal  contrasted  the  certainties  of  Natural  Religion 

with  the  obscurities  of  the  Christian  Revelation  .  31 
Anthony  Collins  upon  Christian  use  of  Old  Testament 

Prophecy          ......  34 

His  criticism  of  the  Book  of  Daniel  ...  40 
Thomas  Woolston's  attack  on  the  Miracles  of  the 

New  Testament  .  .  .  .  '  .  41 

His  pretence  of  allegorising  them  ...  4^ 
Points  of  contact  between  the  Deists  and  the 

medieval  Cathars        •             ....  47 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  IV.— THE  EVANGELISTS 

Father  Rickaby's  satisfaction  with  modern  criticism 

hardly  justified  .  49 

That  criticism  invalidates  Matthew's  Gospel  .  .  50 

And  justifies  Smith,  of  Jordanhill,  as  against  Dean 

Alford  .  .  -52 

Contrast  of  Dean  Robinson's  views  with  those  of 

Dean  Alfoid  ...  .  •  54 

Papias's  testimony  cannot  have  referred  to  our  first 

gospel  .  .  58 

Tendency  to  reject  the  Fourth  Gospel  as  a  work  of 

the  Apostle  John  .....  59 

View  of  Liddon   ......  60 

Criticisms  of  Dean  Robinson  .  .  .  61 

CHAPTER  V. — TEXTUAL  CRITICISM 

Doctrinal  alterations  of  sacred  or  canonised  texts  .  65 

Example  from  Matt.  xix.  17  .  .  .  67 

Dr.  Salmon  on  Westcott  and  Hort  ...  68 

The  text  of  the  Three  Witnesses  a  trinitarian  forgery.  69 
History  of  its  exposure  by -Sandius,  Simon,  Gibbon, 

and  Porson       ......  70 

Leo  XIII.  rules  it  to  be  part  of  the  authentic  text  .  74 
Trinitarian  interpolation  at  Matt,  xxviii.  19  was 

absent  from  Eusebius's  MSS.  of  the  Gospels  .  75 

CHAPTER  VI.— SOME  PIONEERS 

Comparative    freedom    of    Reformed    Churches    in 

contrast  with  the  Latin  ....  78 

Herder's  criticisms          .  .  .  .80 

H.  S.  Reimarus  ......  82 

E.  Evanson  on  The  Dissonance  of  the  Four  Gospels     .  87 
Joseph  Priestley  and  Bishop  Horsley  ...           93 

CHAPTER  VII. — FOREIGN  WORK. 

Albert  Schweitzer's  work  ...  97 

F.  C.  Baur,  the  founder  of  the  Tubingen  school          .  98 
D.  F.  Strauss'*  Life  of  Jesus      .             .             .             .103 
Ernest  Renan's  work      „             .             .             .             .         1 1 1 

CHAPTER  VIII.— ENGLISH  WORK 

Its  uncritical  character .  .  .  .  .115 

James  Smith,  a  layman,   overthrows  the  hypothesis 

of  a  common  oral  tradition  underlying  the  Gospels          115 
Views  of  Drs.  Lardner  and  Davidson  .  .  .         117 


CONTENTS  ix 


The  Synopticon  of  E.  A.  Abbott  .  .  .         118 

Lachmann  .  .  .  .  .  .119 

Supernatural  Religion  and  Bishop  Lightfoot's  answer 

to  it  .  .  .  .  .  .119 

The  origin  of  the  term  "  Received  Text  "  or  "  Textus 

Receptus "  (T.  R.)  .  .  .  .  .121 

Its  rejection  by  Lachmann  .  .  .  .123 

Tischendorf 's  discovery  of  the  Codex  Sinaiticus  .  124 
Dean  Burgon  assails  the  revisers  of  the  English  New 

Testament        .  .  .  .  .  .125 

His  attack  on  the  Unitarian  reviser,  Dr.  Vance 

Smith    .......         127 

Burgon  false  to  his  own  ideal  of  textual  criticism  .  128 
His  Reductio  ad  absurdum  of  his  own  position  .  129 

Sir  Robert  Anderson  pits  the  Bible  against  the  Priest  132 
Father  Rickaby  appeals  to  unwritten  tradition  outside 

the  New  Testament    .....          133 

CHAPTER  IX. — THE  MODERNISTS 

The  career  of  Alfred  Loisy  ....  134 

His  excommunication  .....  135 
Fio  X.  issues  an  Encyclical  enumerating  the  chief 

results  of  modern  criticism  ....  135 

Dr.  Sanday  declares  that  "  we  must  modernise"  .  138 
He  identifies  the  Divine  in  Jesus  Christ  with  his 

subliminal  consciousness  «...  138 

His  verdict  on  the  creeds  .  .  .  .  139 


BIBLIOGRAPHY          .  .  .  .  .  .141 

INDEX  .  .  •  •  •  •  •          144 


LIST    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS 


ERASMUS         ......        Frontispiece 

PAGE 

i  JOHN  v.   5-10  (Codex  Sinaiticus)  ....  7 

MARK  xvi.  5-8  (Codex  Alexandrinus)  37 

DR.  WESTCOTT  .  .  .  .  .  -55 

ALFRED  LOISY  .  .  ...  73 

LUTHER          .......          79 

JOHANN  GOTTFRIED  HERDER          .  .  .  .81 

F.  C.  BAUR     .......  99 

DAVID  F.  STRAUSS    ......         105 

ERNEST  RENAN          .  .  .  .  .  .112 

W.  J.  BURGON,  Dean  of  Chichester  122 


The  portraits  of  Baur,  Herder,  Renan,  and  Luther  are  repro 
duced  from  prints  published  by  the  Berlin  Photographic  Company, 
London,  W.  The  portrait  of  Dr.  Westcott  is  reproduced  by 
permission  of  Messrs.  J.  Russell  and  Sons  ;  that  of  Dr.  Burgon 
was  supplied  by  Messrs.  Hills  and  Saunders. 


CHAPTER  1. 
ANCIENT  EXEGESIS 

THE  various  writing's — narrative,  epistolary,  and  apoca 
lyptic — which  make  up  the  New  Testament  had  no 
common  origin,  but  were  composed  at  different  times 
by  at  least  a  score  of  writers  in  places  which,  in  view  of 
the  difficulties  presented  to  travel  by  the  ancient  world, 
may  be  said  to  have  been  widely  remote  from  each  other. 
With  the  exception  of  the  Epistles  of  Paul,  none  of  them, 
or  next  to  none,  were  composed  until  about  fifty  years 
after  the  death  of  Jesus  ;  and  another  hundred  years 
elapsed  before  they  were  assembled  in  one  collection  and 
began  to  take  their  place  alongside  of  the  Greek  trans 
lation  of  the  Hebrew  Bible  as  authoritative  scriptures. 

Nor  was  it  without  a  struggle  that  many  of  them 
made  their  way  into  the  charmed  circle  of  the  Christian 
canon,  or  new  instrument,  as  Tertullian,  about  the  year 
200,  called  the  new  sacred  book  ;  and  this  point  is  so 
important  that  we  must  dwell  upon  it  more  in  detail. 
For  the  discussions  in  the  second  and  early  third  centu 
ries  of  the  age  and  attribution  of  several  of  these  books 
constitute  a  first  chapter  in  the  history  of  New  Testa 
ment  criticism,  and  sixteen  centuries  flowed  away  before 
a  second  was  added. 

We  learn,  then,  from  Eusebius  that  the  writings  which 
pass  under  the  name  of  John  the  son  of  Zebedee  were 
for  several  generations  viewed  with  suspicion,  not  by 
isolated  thinkers  only,  but  by  wide  circles  of  believers. 
These  writings  comprise  the  fourth  gospel,  three 


ANCIENT  EXEGESIS 


epistles  closely  resembling  that  gospel  in  style  and 
thought,  and,  thirdly,  the  Book  of  Revelation.  Between 
the  years  170  and  180  there  was  a  party  in  the  Church 
of  Asia  Minor  that  rejected  all  these  writings.  The 
gospel  of  John,  they  argued,  was  a  forgery  committed 
by  a  famous  heretic  named  Cerinthus,  who  denied  the 
humanity  of  Jesus  ;  it  also  contradicted  the  other  three 
gospels  in  extending  the  ministry  over  three  years,  and 
presented  the  events  of  his  life  in  a  new  and  utterly  false 
sequence,  detailing  two  passovers  in  the  course  of  his 
ministry  where  the  three  synoptic  gospels  mention  only 
one,  and  ignoring  the  forty  days'  temptation  in  the 
wilderness.  About  the  year  172  a  Bishop  of  Hierapolis 
in  Asia  Minor,  named  Claudius  Apollinaris,  wrote  that 
the  gospels  seemed  to  conflict  with  one  another,  in  that 
the  synoptics  give  one  date  for  the  Last  Supper  and  the 
fourth  gospel  another.  Nor  was  it  only  in  Asia  Minor 
that  this  gospel,  an  early  use  of  which  can  be  traced  only 
among  the  followers  of  the  notable  heretics  Basilides 
and  Valentinus,  excited  the  repugnance  of  the  orthodox  ; 
for  a  presbyter  of  the  Church  of  Rome  named  Gaius,  or 
Caius,  assailed  both  it  and  the  Book  of  Revelation,  which 
purported  to  be  by  the  same  author,  in  a  work  which 
Hippolytus,  the  Bishop  of  Ostia,  tried  to  answer  about 
the  year  234.  We  may  infer  that  at  that  date  there 
still  were  in  Rome  good  Christians  who  accepted  the 
views  of  Gaius ;  otherwise  it  would  not  have  been 
necessary  to  refute  him. 

The  gospel,  however,  succeeded  in  establishing  itself 
along  with  the  other  three  ;  and  Irenaeus,  the  Bishop  of 
Lugdunum,  or  Lyon,  in  Gaul,  soon  after  174  A.D., 
argues  that  there  must  be  four  gospels,  neither  more 
nor  less,  because  there  are  four  corners  of  the  world  and 
four  winds.  Tatian,  another  teacher  of  the  same  age, 


ANVIKNT  KXKGESIS 


also  accepted  it,  and  included  it  in  a  harmony  of  the 
tour  gospels  which  he  made  called  the  Diatessaron. 
This  harmony  was  translated  into  Syriac,  and  read  out 
loud  in  the  churches  of  Syria  as  late  as  the  beginning  of 
the  fourth  century. 

After  the  age  of  Hippolytus  no  further  questions  were 
raised  about  the  fourth  gospel.  Epiphanius,  indeed, 
who  died  in  404,  and  was  Bishop  of  Salamis  in  Cyprus, 
devotes  a  chapter  of  his  work  upon  Heresies  to  the  sect 
of  Alogi — that  is,  of  those  who,  in  rejecting  the  fourth 
gospel,  denied  that  Jesus  was  the  Logos  or  Word  of 
God  ;  but  by  that  time  the  question  had  no  more  than 
an  antiquarian  interest. 

Not  so  with  the  Apocalypse,  against  which  Dionysius, 
Patriarch,  or  Pope,  of  Alexandria  in  the  years  247-265, 
wrote  a  treatise  which  more  than  any  other  work  of  the 
ancient  Church  approaches  in  tone  and  insight  the  level 
of  modern  critical  research,  and  of  which,  happily, 
Eusebius  of  Caesarea  has  preserved  an  ample  fragment 
in  his  history  of  the  Church  : — 

In  any  case  [writes  Dionysius],  I  cannot  allow  that  the 
author  of  the  Apocalypse  is  that  Apostle,  the  son  of 
Zebedee  and  brother  of  James,  to  whom  belong  the 
Gospel  entitled  According  to  John  and  the  general 
Epistle.  For  I  clearly  infer,  no  less  from  the  character 
and  literary  style  of  the  two  authors  than  from  tenour  of 
the  book,  that  they  are  not  one  and  the  same. 

Then   he   proceeds    to  give  reasons   in   support  of   his 

judgment : — 

For  the  evangelist  nowhere  inscribes  his  name  in  his 
work  nor  announces  himself  either  through  his  gospel  or 
his  epistle1 whereas  the  author  of  the  Apocalypse  at 

1  Dionysius  had  never  heard  of  the  second  and  third  Epistles  of 
John. 


ANCIENT  EXEGESIS 


the  very  beginning  thereof  puts  himself  forward  and  says  : 
The  Revelation  of  Jesus  Christ  which   he  gave  him   to 
show  to  his  servants  speedily,    and  signified  by  his  angel 
to  his  servant  John,  etc. 
Lower  down  he  writes  thus  : — 

And  also  from  the  thoughts  and  language  and  arrange 
ment  of  words  we  can  easily  conjecture  that  the  one 
writer  is  separate  from  the  other.  For  the  Gospel  and 
the  Epistle  harmonise  with  each  other  and  begin  in  the 
same  way,  the  one  :  In  the  beginning  was  the  Word  ;  and 
the  other  :  That  -which  was  from  the  beginning.  In  the 
one  we  read  :  And  the  Word  was  made  flesh  and  dwelled 
among  us;  and  we  beheld  his  glory,  glory  as  of  the  only- 
begotten  by  the  Father ;  and  the  other  holds  the  same 
language  slightly  changed  :  That  which  we  have  heard, 
that  which  we  have  seen  with  our  eyes,  that  which  we 
beheld  and  our  hands  handled,  about  the  Word  of  Life,  and 
the  life  was  manifested.  For  this  is  his  prelude,  and  such 
his  contention,  made  clear  in  the  sequel,  against  those 
who  denied  that  the  Lord  came  in  the  flesh  ;  and  there 
fore  he  adds  of  set  purpose  the  words  :  And  to  what  we 
saw  we  bear  witness,  and  announce  to  you  the  eternal 
life  which  was  with  the  Father  and  was  manifested  to  us. 
What  we  have  seen  and  heard  we  announce  to  you. 
The  writer  is  consistent  with  himself,  and  never  quits  his 
main  propositions  ;  indeed,  follows  up  his  subject  all 
through  without  changing  his  catchwords,  some  of  which 
we  will  briefly  recall.  A  careful  reader,  then  [of  the 
Gospel  and  Epistle],  will  find  in  each  frequent  mention 
of  Light,  Life,  of  flight  from  darkness  ;  constant  repeti 
tion  of  the  words  Truth,  Grace,  Joy,  Flesh  and  Blood 
of  the  Lord,  of  Judgment  and  Remission  of  Sins,  of 
God's  love  to  usward,  of  the  command  that  we  love  one 
another,  of  the  injunction  to  keep  all  the  commandments, 
of  the  world's  condemnation  and  of  the  Devil's,  of  the 
Antichrist,  of  the  Promise  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  of  God's 
Adoption  of  us,  of  Faith  perpetually  demanded  of  us. 
The  union  of  Father  and  Son  pervades  both  works  (i.e., 


ANCIENT  EXEGESIS 


Gospel  and  Epistle  of  John),  and,  if  we  scan  their  char 
acter  all  through,  the  sense  is  forced  on  us  of  one  and 
the  same  complexion  in  Gospel  and  Epistle.  But  the 
Apocalypse  stands  in  absolute  contrast  to  each.  It 
nowhere  touches  or  approaches  either  of  them,  and,  we 
may  fairly  say,  has  not  a  single  syllable  in  common  with 
them  ;  any  more  than  the  Epistle — not  to  mention  the 
Gospel — contains  reminiscence  or  thought  of  the  Apoca 
lypse,  or  Apocalypse  of  Epistle  ;  although  Paul  in  his 
epistles  hinted  details  of  his  apocalypses  (i.e.,  revela 
tions),  without  writing  them  down  in  a  substantive  book. 
Moreover,  we  can  base  a  conclusion  on  the  contrast  of 
style  there  is  between  Gospel  and  Epistle  on  the  one  side, 
and  Apocalypse  on  the  other.  For  the  former  not  only 
use  the  Greek  language  without  stumbling,  but  are 
throughout  written  with  great  elegance  of  diction,  of 
reasoning  and  arrangement  of  expressions.  We  are  far 
from  meeting  in  them  with  barbarous  words  and  sole 
cisms,  or  any  vulgarisms  whatever;  for  their  writer  had 
both  gifts,  because  the  Lord  endowed  him  with  each, 
with  that  of  knowledge  and  that  of  eloquence.  I  do  not 
deny  to  the  other  his  having  received  the  gifts  of  know 
ledge  and  prophecy,  but  I  cannot  discern  in  him  an  exact 
knowledge  of  Greek  language  and  tongue.  He  not  only 
uses  barbarous  idioms,  but  sometimes  falls  into  actual 
solecisms  ;  which,  however,  I  need  not  now  detail,  for 
my  remarks  are  not  intended  to  make  fun  of  him — far  be 
it  from  me — but  only  to  give  a  correct  idea  of  the  dis 
similitude  of  these  writings. 

Modern  divines  attach  little  weight  to  this  well- 
reasoned  judgment  of  Dionysius  ;  perhaps  because 
among  us  Greek  is  no  longer  a  living-  language.  They 
forget  that  Dionysius  lived  less  than  one  hundred  and 
nfty  years  later  than  the  authors  he  here  compares,  and 
was  therefore  as  well  qualified  to  distinguish  between 
them  as  we  are  to  distinguish  between  Lodowick 
Muggleton  and  Bishop  Burnet.  We  should  have  no 


ANCIENT  EXEGESIS 


difficulty  in  doing  so,  and  yet  they  are  further  from  us 
by  a  hundred  years  than  these  authors  were  from 
Dionysius.  Whether  or  no  the  fourth  Gospel  was  a 
work  of  the  Apostle  John,  the  conclusion  stands  that  it 
cannot  be  from  the  hand  which  penned  Revelation. 
This  conclusion  Eusebius,  the  historian  of  the  Church, 
espoused,  and,  following  him,  the  entire  Eastern  Church  ; 
nor  was  the  authority  of  Revelation  rehabilitated  in  the 
Greek  world  before  the  end  of  the  seventh  century, 
while  the  outlying  Churches  of  Syria  and  Armenia 
hardly  admitted  it  into  their  canons  before  the  thirteenth. 
In  Rome,  however,  and  generally  in  the  West,  where  it 
circulated  in  a  Latin  version  which  disguised  its  peculiar 
idiom,  it  was,  so  far  as  we  know,  admitted  into  the 
canon  from  the  first,  and  its  apostolic  authorship  never 
impugned. 

The  early  Fathers  seldom  display  such  critical  ability 
as  the  above  extract  reveals  in  the  case  of  Dionysius. 
Why,  it  may  be  asked,  could  so  keen  a  discrimination 
be  exercised  in  this  particular  and  nowhere  else  ? 
What  was  there  to  awake  and  whet  the  judgment  here, 
when  in  respect  of  other  writings  it  continued  to 
slumber  and  sleep?  The  context  in  Eusebius's  pages 
reveals  to  us  the  cause.  The  more  learned  and  sober 
circles  of  believers  had,  in  the  last  quarter  of  the 
second  and  the  first  of  the  third  centuries,  wearied 
and  become  ashamed  of  the  antics  of  the  Millennarists, 
who  believed  that  Jesus  Christ  was  to  come  again  at 
once  and  establish,  not  in  a  vague  and  remote  heaven, 
but  on  this  earth  itself,  a  reign  of  peace,  plenty,  and 
carnal  well-being.  These  enthusiasts  appealed  to  the 
Apocalypse  when  their  dreams  were  challenged  ;  and 
the  obvious  way  to  silence  them  was  to  prove  that 
that  book  possessed  no  apostolic  authority.  The 


Oj  n<r 

r  nNoycTor 

/OCCC'I  IN  O 


oy 


KAI 
I  ^ 


CA 


roc  " 


I  K)|  [K 


/  /MO 

'  ** 
>o 


M 


c  xc  ri  MhJ 

AT  K  tU 

41  M  -  i  (   ]  <  i  jr>( 
x  yc'iMMf  i 


I    JOHN  V.  5-1O. 


8  ANCIENT  EXEGESIS 

Millennarists  might  have  retorted,  and  their  retort  would 
have  been  true,  that  if  one  of  the  books  was  to  go, 
then  the  Gospel  must  go,  on  the  ground  that  the 
Apostle  John,  whom  the  Epistle  to  the  Galatians 
reveals  as  a  Judaising  Christian,  could  not  possibly 
have  written  it,  though  he  might  well  have  penned  the 
Apocalypse.  The  age  was  of  course  too  ignorant  and 
uncritical  for  such  an  answer  to  suggest  itself;  but  the 
entire  episode  serves  to  illustrate  a  cardinal  principle  of 
human  nature,  which  is,  that  we  are  never  so  apt  to 
discover  the  truth  as  when  we  have  an  outside  reason 
for  doing  so,  and  in  religion  especially  are  seldom 
inclined  to  abandon  false  opinions  except  in  response 
to  material  considerations. 

Two  other  Christian  Fathers  have  a  place  in  the 
history  of  textual  criticism  of  the  New  Testament— 
Origen  and  Jerome.  The  former  of  these  was  not  a 
critic  in  our  sense  of  the  word.  He  notices  that  there 
was  much  variety  of  text  between  one  manuscript  and 
another,  but  he  seems  seldom  to  have  asked  himself 
which  of  the  two  variants  was  the  true  one.  For 
example,  in  Hebrews  ii.  9  he  notices  that  in  some  MSS. 
the  text  ran  thus  : — that  by  the  grace  of  God  he  (Jesus) 
should  taste  death,  but  in  others  thus  :  that  without  God 
he  should,  etc.  He  professes  himself  quite  content  to 
use  either.  In  a  few  cases  he  corrects  a  place  name, 
not  from  the  evidence  of  the  copies,  but  because  of  the 
current  fashion  of  his  age.  Thus  in  Matthew  viii.  28 
the  scene  of  the  swine  driven  by  demons  into  the  lake 
was  in  some  MSS.  fixed  at  Gerasa,  in  others  at  Gadara. 
But  in  Origen's  day  pilgrims  were  shown  the  place  of 
this  miracle  at  Gergesa,  and  accordingly  he  was  ready 
to  correct  the  text  on  their  evidence,  as  if  it  was  worth 
anything.  One  other  reason  he  adds  for  adopting  the 


ANCIENT  EXEGESIS 


reading-  Gergesa,  very  characteristic  of  his  age.  It 
amounts  to  this,  that  the  name  Gergesa  means  in 
Hebrew  "the  sojourning-place  of  them  that  cast  out"; 
and  that  divine  Providence  had  allotted  this  name  to 
the  town  because  the  inhabitants  were  so  scared  by  the 
miracle  of  the  swine  that  they  exhorted  Jesus  to  quit 
their  confines  without  delay  ! 

One  other  example  may  be  advanced  of  Origen's 
want  of  critical  acumen.  In  Matthew  xxvii.  17  he 
decided  against  the  famous  reading-  Jesus  Barabbas  as 
the  name  of  the  brigand  who  was  released  instead  of 
Jesus  of  Nazareth,  on  the  ground  that  a  malefactor 
had  no  right  to  so  holy  a  name  as  Jesus. 

Origen's  defence  of  allegory  as  an  aid  to  the  inter 
pretation  no  less  of  the  New  than  of  the  Old 
Testament  forms  a  curious  chapter  in  the  history  of 
criticism. 

Marcion,  in  the  middle  of  the  second  century,  had 
pitilessly  assailed  the  God  of  the  Jews,  and  denounced 
the  cruelty,  lust,  fraud,  and  rapine  of  the  Hebrew 
patriarchs  and  kings,  the  favourites  of  that  God.  In 
the  middle  of  the  third  century  the  orthodox  were  still 
hard  put  to  it  to  meet  the  arguments  of  Marcion,  and, 
as  Milton  has  it,  "to  justify  the  ways  of  God  to  men." 
Origen,  learned  teacher  as  he  was,  saw  no  way  out  of 
the  difficulty  other  than  to  apply  that  method  of 
allegory  which  Philo  had  applied  to  the  Old  Testament; 
and  in  his  work,  On  First  Principles,  book  iv.,  we 
have  an  exposition  of  the  method.  He  premises,  firstly, 
that  the  Old  Testament  is  divinely  inspired,  because 
its  prophecies  foreshadow  Christ  ;  and,  secondly,  that 
there  is  not  either  in  Old  or  New  Testament  a  single 
syllable  void  of  divine  meaning  and  import.  But  how, 
he  asks  (in  book  iv.,  chap.  17),  can  we  conciliate  with 


,0  ANCIENT  EXEGESIS 

this  tenet  of  their  entire  inspiration  the  existence  in  the 
Bible  of  such  tales  as  that  of  Lot  and  his  daughters,  of 
Abraham  prostituting  first  one  wife  and  then  another, 
of  a  succession  of  at  least  three  days  and  nights  before 
the  sun  was  created?  Who,  he  asks,  will  be  found 
idiot  enough  to  believe  that  God  planted  trees  in 
Paradise  like  any  husbandman  ;  that  he  set  up  in  it 
visible  and  palpable  tree-trunks,  labelled  the  one  "  Tree 
of  Life,"  and  the  other  "Tree  of  Knowledge  of  Good 
.and  Evil,"  both  bearing  real  fruit  that  might  be 
masticated  with  corporeal  teeth  ;  that  he  went  and 
walked  about  the  garden  ;  that  Adam  hid  under  a  tree; 
that  Cain  fled  from  the  face  of  God  ?  The  wise  reader, 
he  remarks,  may  well  ask  what  the  face  of  God  is,  and 
how  anyone  could  get  away  from  it?  Nor,  he  con 
tinues,  is  the  Old  Testament  only  full  of  such  incidents, 
as  no  one  regardful  of  good  sense  and  reason  can 
suppose  to  have  really  taken  place  or  to  be  sober 
history.  In  the  Gospels  equally,  he  declares,  such 
narratives  abound  ;  and  as  an  example  he  instances  the 
story  of  the  Devil  plumping  Jesus  down  on  the  top  of 
a  lofty  mountain,  from  which  he  showed  him  all  the 
kingdoms  of  the  earth  and  their  glory.  _HjyE^-he  .asks, 
can  it  be  literally  true,  how  a  historical  fact,  that  from 
a  single  mountain-top  with  fleshly  eyes  all  the  realms 
of  Persia,  of  Scythia,  and  of  India  could  be  seen 
adjacent  and  at  once?  The  careful  reader  will,  he 
says,  find  in  the  Gospels  any  number  of  cases  similar 
to  the  above.  In  a  subsequent  paragraph  he  instances 
more  passages  which  it  is  absurd  to  take  in  their  literal 
sense.'  Such  is  the  text  Luke  x.  4,  in  which  Jesus 
when  he  sent  forth  the  Twelve  Apostles  bade  them 
"Salute  no  man  on  the  way."  None  but  silly  people, 
he  adds,  believe  that  our  Saviour  delivered  such  a 


ANCIENT  EXEGESIS  ,i 

precept  to  the  Apostles.  And  how,  he  goes  on,  parti 
cularly  in  a  land  where  winter  bristles  with  icicles  and 
is  bitter  with  frosts,  could  anyone  be  asked  to  do  with 
only  two  tunics  and  no  shoes?  And  then  that  other 
command  that  a  man  who  is  smitten  on  the  right  cheek 
shall  also  turn  the  left  to  the  smiter — how  can  it  be 
true,  seeing-  that  anyone  who  smites  another  with  his 
right  hand  must  necessarily  smite  his  left  cheek  and 
not  his  right  ?  And  another  of  the  things  to  be  classed 
among  the  impossible  is  the  prescription  found  in  the 
Gospel,  that  if  thy  right  eye  offend  thee  it  shall  be 
plucked  out.  For  even  if  we  take  this  to  apply  to  our 
bodily  eyes,  how  is  it  to  be  considered  consistent, 
whereas  we  use  both  eyes  to  see,  to  saddle  one  eye 
only  with  the  guilt  of  the  stumbling-block,  and  why  the 
right  eye  rather  than  the  left? 

Wherever,  he  argues  (chap.  15),  we  meet  with  such 
useless,  nay  impossible,  incidents  and  precepts  as  these, 
we  must  discard  a  literal  interpretation  and  consider  of 
what  moral  interpretation  they  are  capable,  with  what 
higher  and  mysterious  meaning  they  are  fraught,  what 
deeper  truths  they  were  intended  symbolically  and  in 
allegory  to  shadow  forth.  The  divine  wisdom  has  of 
set  purpose  contrived  these  little  traps  and  stumbling- 
blocks  in  order  to  cry  halt  to  our  slavish  historical 
understanding  of  the  text,  by  inserting  in  its  midst 
sundry  things  that  are  impossible  and  unsuitable.  The 
Holy  Spirit  so  waylays  us  in  order  that  we  may  be 
driven  by  passages  which  taken  in  their  priina-facie 
sense  cannot  be  true  or  useful,  to  search  for  the  ulterior 
truth,  and  seek  in  the  Scriptures  which  we  believe  to 
be  inspired  by  God  a  meaning  worthy  of  Him. 

In  the  sequel  it  occurs  to  Origen  that  some  of  his 
readers  may  be  willing  to  tolerate  the  application  of 

B 


12  ANCIENT  EXEGESIS 

this  method  to  the  Old  Testament,  and  yet  shrink  from 
applying-  it  wholesale  to  the  New.  He  reassures  them 
by  insisting1  on  what  Marcion  had  denied — namely,  on 
the  fact  that  the  same  Spirit  and  the  same  God  inspired 
both  old  and  new  alike,  and  in  the  same  manner. 
Whatever,  therefore,  is  legitimate  in  regard  to  the  one 
is  legitimate  in  regard  to  the  other  also.  "Wherefore 
also  in  the  Gospels  and  Epistles  the  Spirit  has  intro 
duced  not  a  few  incidents  which,  by  breaking  in  upon 
and  checking  the  historical  character  of  the  narrative, 
with  which  it  is  impossible  to  reconcile  them,  turn  back 
and  recall  the  attention  of  the  reader  to  an  examination 
of  their  inner  meaning1." 

Orig-en  admits  (chap.  19)  that  the  passages  in  Scrip 
ture  which  bear  a  spiritual    sense    and    no    other    are 
considerably  outnumbered  by  those  which  stand  good 
as  history.     Let  no  one,  he  pleads,  suspect  us  of  assert 
ing  that  we  think  none  of  the  Scriptural  narratives  to 
be  historically  true,  because  we  suspect   that  some  of 
the   events    related    never    really   happened.     On    the 
contrary,  we  are  assured  that  in  the  case  of  as  many 
as  possible  their  historical  truth  can  be   and  must  be 
upheld.     Moreover,   of  the   precepts   delivered    in    the 
Gospel  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  very  many  are  to  be 
literally  observed,  as  when  it  says  :  But  I  say  unto  you. 
Swear  not  at  all.     At  the  same  time,  anyone  who  reads 
carefully  will  be  sure  to  feel  a  doubt  whether  this  and 
that  narrative  is  to  be  regarded  as  literally  true  or  only 
half  true,  and  whether  this   and  that  precept  is  to  be 
literally  observed  or  not.     Wherefore  with  the  utmost 
study  and  pains  we  must  strive  to  enable  every  single 
reader  with  all  reverence  to  understand  that  in  dealing 
with  the  contents  of  the  sacred  books  he  handles  words 
which  are  divine  and  not  human. 


ANCIENT  EXEGESIS  13 

It  is  curious  in  the  above  to  note  that  the  one  precept 
on  the  literal  observance  of  which  Grig-en  insists — 
namely,  the  prohibition  of  oaths — is  just  that  which  for 
centuries  all  Christian  sects,  with  the  exception  of  the 
medieval  Cathars  and  modern  Quakers,  have  flouted 
and  defied.  This  by  the  way.  It  is  more  important  to 
note  how  these  chapters  of  Origen  impress  a  would-be 
liberal  Anglican  divine  of  to-day.  "  In  reading-  most 
of  Origen's  difficulties,"  writes  Dean  Farrar  in  his 

History  of  Interpretation,  p.  193,  "we  stand  amazed 

By  the  slightest  application  of  literary  criticism  they 
vanish  at  a  touch."  And  just  above,  p.  190  :  "  The 
errors  of  the  exegesis  which  Origen  tended  to  establish 
for  more  than  a  thousand  years  had  their  root  in  the 
assumption  that  the  Bible  is  throughout  homogeneous 
and  in  every  particular  supernaturally  perfect."  And 
again,  p.  196  :  "  Having  started  with  the  assumption 
that  every  clause  of  the  Bible  was  infallible,  super 
natural,  and  divinely  dictated,  and  having  proved  to 
his  own  satisfaction  that  it  could  not  be  intended  in  its 
literal  sense,  he  proceeded  to  systematise  his  own  false 
conclusions." 

No  doubt  such  criticisms  are  just,  but  did  the  ante 
cedents  of  Dean  Farrar  entitle  him  to  pass  them  upon 
Origen,  who  was  at  least  as  responsive  to  the  truth  as 
in  his  age  any  man  could  be  expected  to  be?  In  reading 
these  pages  of  the  modern  ecclesiastic  we  are  reminded 
of  the  picture  in  the  Epistle  of  James  i.  23,  of  him 
"  who  is  a  hearer  of  the  word  and  not  a  doer:  he  is  like 
unto  a  man  beholding  his  horoscope  in  a  divining 
crystal  (or  mirror) ;  for  he  beholdeth  himself,  and  goeth 
away,  and  straightway  forgetteth  what  manner  of  man 
he  was." 

Jerome,  who    was   born   about    346,    and     died  420 


i4  ANCIENT  EXEGESIS 

deserves  our  respect  because  he  saw  the  necessity  of 
basing  the  Latin  Bible  not  upon  the  Septuagint  or 
Greek  translation,  but  upon  the  Hebrew  original.  It 
illustrates  the  manners  of  the  age  that  when  he  was 
learning  Hebrew,  in  which  for  his  time  he  made  himself 
extraordinarily  proficient,  the  Jewish  rabbis  who  were 
his  teachers  had  to  visit  him  by  night,  for  fear  of 
scandal.  In  this  connection  Jerome  compares  himselt 
to  Christ  visited  by  Nicodemus.  It  certainly  needed 
courage  in  that,  as  in  subsequent  ages,  to  undertake 
to  revise  a  sacred  text  in  common  use,  and  Jerome 
reaped  from  his  task  much  immediate  unpopularity. 
His  revision,  of  course,  embraced  the  New  as  well  as 
the  Old  Testament,  but  his  work  on  the  New  contained 
nothing  very  new  or  noteworthy. 


CHAPTER  II. 
THE   HARMONISTS 

THE  sixth  article  of  the  Church  of  England  lays  it  down 
that  "  Holy  Scripture  containeth  all  things  necessary  to 
salvation,"  which  is  not  the  same  thing  as  to  say  that 
everything  contained  in  Holy  Scripture  is  necessary  to 
salvation.  Nevertheless,  this  in  effect  has  been  the 
dominant  view  of  the  reformed  churches.  Underneath 
the  allegorical  method  of  interpreting  the  Bible,  which 
I  have  exemplified  from  the  works  of  Origen,  lay  the 
belief  that  every  smallest  portion  of  the  text  is  inspired; 
for,  apart  from  this  belief,  there  was  no  reason  not  to 
set  aside  and  neglect  passages  that  in  their  literal  and 
primary  sense  seemed  unhistorical  and  absurd,  limiting 
the  inspiration  to  so  much  of  the  text  as  could  reason 
ably  be  taken  for  true.  The  Reformation  itself  pre 
disposed  those  Churches  which  came  under  its  influence 
to  accept  the  idea  of  verbal  inspiration  ;  for,  having 
quarrelled  with  the  Pope,  and  repudiated  his  authority 
as  an  interpreter  of  the  text  and  arbiter  of  difficulties 
arising  out  of  it,  they  had  no  oracle  left  to  appeal  to 
except  the  Bible,  and  they  fondly  imagined  that  they 
could  use  it  as  a  judge  uses  a  written  code  of  law.  As 
such  a  code  must  be  consistent  with  itself,  and  free 
from  internal  contradictions,  in  order  to  be  an  effective 
instrument  of  government  and  administration,  so  must 
the  Bible  ;  and  before  long  it  was  felt  on  all  sides  to  be 
flat  blasphemy  to  impute  to  a  text  which  was  now  called 
outright  "the  Word  of  God"  any  inconsistencies  or 

'5 


16  THE  HARMONISTS 

imperfections.  The  Bible  was  held  by  Protestants  to 
be  a  homogeneous  whole  dictated  to  its  several  writers, 
who  were  no  more  than  passive  organs  of  the  Holy 
Spirit  and  amanuenses  of  God.  "  Scripture,"  wrote 
Quenstedt  (1617-1688),  a  pastor  of  Wittemberg,  "  is  a 
fountain  of  infallible  truth,  and  exempt  from  all  error  ; 
every  word  of  it  is  absolutely  true,  whether  expressive 
of  dogma,  of  morality,  or  of  history." 

Such  a  view  left  to  Protestants  no  loophole  of  allegory, 
and  their  divines  have  for  generations  striven  to  recon 
cile  every  one  statement  in  the  Bible  with  every  other 
by  harmonistic  shifts  and  expedients  which,  in  inter 
preting  other  documents,  they  would  disdain  to  use. 
Of  these  forced  methods  of  explanation  it  is  worth  while 
to  examine  a  few  examples,  for  there  is  no  better  way 
of  realising  how  great  an  advance  has  been  made 
towards  enlightenment  in  the  present  age.  Our  first 
example  shall  be  taken  from  a  work  entitled  A  Harmony 
of  the  Four  Evangelists ',  which  was  published  in  1702  by 
William  Whiston  (1667-1752),  a  man  of  vast  and  varied 
attainments.  A  great  mathematician,  he  succeeded  Sir 
Isaac  Newton  in  the  Lucasian  chair  at  Cambridge,  but 
was  deprived  of  it  in  1710  for  assailing  in  print  the 
orthodox  doctrine  of  the  Trinity.  In  his  old  age  he 
quitted  the  ranks  of  the  English  clergy,  because  he 
disliked  the  so-called  Athanasian  Creed,  and  became  an 
Anabaptist.  He  was  deeply  read  in  the  Christian 
Fathers,  and  was  the  author  of  many  theological 
works.  It  marks  the  absolute  sway  over  men's  minds 
in  that  epoch  of  the  dogma  of  the  infallibility  and  verbal 
inspiration  of  the  Bible  that  so  vigorous  and  original  a 
thinker  as  Whiston  could  imagine  that  he  had  reconciled 
by  such  feeble  devices  the  manifold  contradictions  of 
the  Gospels.  Take,  for  example,  the  seventh  of  the 


THE  HARMONISTS  17 

principles  or  rules  he  formulated  to  guide  students  in 
harmonising  them.  It  runs  as  follows  : — 

P.  118,  vii. — The  resemblance  there  is  between  several 
discourses  and  miracles  of  our  Saviour  in  the  several 
Gospels,  which  the  order  of  the  evangelical  history  places 
at  different  times,  is  no  sufficient  reason  for  the  super 
seding  such  order,  and  supposing  them  to  be  the  very 
same  discourses  and  miracles. 

He  proceeds  to  give  examples  for  the  application  of  the 
above  rule.  The  first  of  them  is  as  follows  : — 

Thus  it  appears  that  our  Saviour  gave  almost  the  very 
same  instructions  to  the  Twelve  Apostles,  and  to  the 
Seventy  Disciples,  at  their  several  missions ;  the  one 
recorded  by  St.  Matthew,  the  other  by  St.  Luke,  as  the 
likeness  of  the  occasions  did  require.  Now  these  large 
instructions,  being  in  two  Gospels,  have  been  by  many 
refer'd  to  the  same  time,  by  reason  of  their  similitude. 

That  the  reader  may  judge  for  himself  how  absurdly 
inadequate  this  explanation  is,  the  two  resembling  dis 
courses  are  here  set  out  in  opposing  columns  : — 

Luke  x.  i  :  Now  after  these  Matthew  x.  i :  And  he  called 

things     the    Lord    appointed  unto  him  his  twelve  disciples, 

seventy  others,  and  sent  them    and  gave  them  authority 

two  and  two  before  his  face  5:  These  twelve  Jesus  sent 
into  every  city  and  place,  forth,  and  charged  them,  say- 
whither  he  himself  was  about  ing 

to  come.     And   he  said  unto  Matthew  ix.  37  :  Then  saith 

them,  The  harvest  is  plente-  he  unto  his  disciples,  The  har- 

ous,    but    the    labourers    are    vest,  etc 

few  :    pray  ye   therefore    the  (Identical  as  far  as  "  into  his 

Lord  of  the  harvest,  that  he  harvest.") 

send   forth  labourers  into  his 

harvest.     Go  your  ways  :  be-  Matthew  x.  16  :    Behold,   I 

hold,    I    send    you    forth    as  send  you  forth  as  sheep  in  the 

lambs  in  the  midst  of  wolves,  midst  of  wolves. 

Carry  no  purse,  no  wallet,  no  9,  10  :   Get  you  no  gold,  nor 

shoes :  and  salute  no  man  on  silver,     nor     brass     in     your 

the  way.     And    into    whatso-  purses ;    no    wallet    for  jour- 

ever    house    ye    shall    enter,  ney,    neither  two  coats,    nor 


THE  HARMONISTS 


first    say,   Peace    be   to    this     shoes      nor     staff:     for     the 
house.     And  if  a  son  of  peace    labourer     is    worthy    of    his 
be  there,  your  peace  shall  rest    food, 
upon  him:  but  if  not,  it  shall         n  :    And    into   whatsoever 

turn  to  you  again But  into    city  or  village  ye  shall  enter, 

whatsoever  city  ye  shall  enter, 
and  they  receive  you  not,  go 
out  into  the  streets  thereof 
and  say,  Even  the  dust  from 
your  city,  that  cleaveth  to  our 
feet,  we  do  wipe  off  against 
you  :  howbeit  know  this,  that 
the  kingdom  of  God  is  come 
nigh.  I  say  unto  you,  It  shall 
be  more  tolerable  in  that  day 
for  Sodom,  than  for  that  city. 


search  out  who  in  it  is  worthy 
and  there  abide  till  ye  go  forth. 
12  :  And  as  ye  enter  the  house, 
salute  it.  13  :  And  if  the  house 
be  worthy,  let  your  peace  come 
upon  it :  but  if  it  be  not  worthy, 
let  your  peace  return  to  you. 
14  :  And  whosoever  shall  not 
receive  you,  nor  hear  your 
words,  as  ye  go  forth  out  of 
that  house  or  that  city,  shake 
off  the  dust  of  your  feet.  15  : 
Verily  I  say  unto  you,  It  shall 
be  more  tolerable  for  the  land 
of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah  in 
the  day  of  judgement  than  for 
that  city.  7  :  And  as  ye  go, 
preach,  saying,  The  kingdom 
of  heaven  is  at  hand. 

Dean  Alford,  in  his  edition  'of  the  New  Testament 
which  appeared  in  1863,  begins  his  commentary  on 
Luke  x.  as  follows  : — 

Verses  1-16.  Mission  of  the  Seventy. — It  is  well  that 
Luke  has  given  us  also  the  sending  of  the  Twelve,  or  we 
should  have  had  some  of  the  commentators  asserting  that 
this  was  the  same  mission.  The  discourse  addressed  to 
the  Seventy  is  in  substance  the  same  as  that  to  the 
Twelve,  as  the  similarity  of  their  errand  would  lead  us 
to  suppose  it  would  be. 

But  we  know  only  what  was  the  errand  of  the  seventy 
from  the  instructions  issued  to  them,  and,  apart  from 
what  Jesus  here  tells  them  to  do,  we  cannot  say  what 
they  were  intended  to  do.  Were  there  any  mention  of 
them  in  the  rest  of  the  New  Testament,  we  might  form 
some  idea  apart  from  this  passage  of  Luke  of  what  their 


THE  HARMONISTS  19 


mission  was,  but  neither  in  the  Acts  is  allusion  to  them 
nor  in  the  Paulines.  It  was  assumed  long  afterwards, 
in  the  fourth  century,  when  a  fanciful  list  of  their  names 
was  concocted,  that  they  were  intended  to  be  missionaries 
to  the  Gentiles,  who  were,  in  the  current  folklore  of 
Egypt  and  Palestine,  divided  into  seventy  or  seventy- 
two  races  ;  but  this  assumption  conflicts  with  the  state 
ment  that  they  were  to  go  in  front  of  Jesus  to  the  several 
cities  and  places  which  he  himself  meant  to  visit. 
Alford,  therefore,  argues  in  a  circle,  and  we  can  only 
infer  that  their  mission  was  similar  to  that  of  the 
Twelve,  because  their  marching  orders  were  so  similar, 
and  not  that  their  orders  were  similar  because  their 
mission  was  so. 

In  point  of  fact,  we  must  take  this  passage  of  Luke 
in  connection  with  other  passages  in  which  his  language 
tallies  with  that  of  Matthew.  Practically  every  critic, 
even  the  most  orthodox,  admits  to-day  that  Matthew 
and  Luke,  in  composing  their  Gospels,  used  two  chief 
sources — one  the  Gospel  of  Mark,  very  nearly  in  the 
form  in  which  we  have  it ;  and  the  other  a  document 
which,  because  Mark  reveals  so  little  knowledge  of  it, 
is  called  the  non-Marcan  document,  and  by  German 
scholars  Q — short  for  Quelle  or  source.  By  comparing 
those  portions  of  Matthew  and  Luke  which,  like  the  two 
just  cited,  reveal,  not  mere  similarity,  but  in  verse  after 
verse  are  identical  in  phrase  and  wording,  we  are  able 
to  reconstruct  this  lost  document,  which  consisted 
almost  wholly  of  teachings  and  sayings  of  Jesus,  with 
very  few  narratives  of  incidents.  The  Lucan  text  before 
us  is  characterised  by  exactly  the  same  degree  of  approxi 
mation  to  Matthew's  text  which  we  find  in  other  passages; 
for  example,  in  those  descriptive  of  the  temptation  of 
Jesus  —  namely,  Luke  iv.  1-13  =  Matthew  iv.  1-11. 


20  THE  HARMONISTS 

There  also,  however,  Alford,  incurably  purblind,  asserts 
(note  on  Luke  iv.  i)  that  "The  accounts  of  Matthew 
and  Luke  (Mark's  is  principally  a  compendium)  are 
distinct."  He  refers  us  in  proof  of  this  assertion  to  his 
notes  on  Matthew  and  Mark,  although  in  those  notes 
he  has  made  no  attempt  to  substantiate  it. 

In  the  present  day,  then,  it  is  flogging  a  dead  horse 
to  controvert  Dean  Alford  or  William  Whiston  on  such 
a  point  as  this.  The  standpoint  of  orthodox  criticism 
in  the  twentieth  century  is  well  given  in  a  useful  little 
book  entitled  The  Study  of  the  Gospels ',  by  J.  Armitage 
Robinson,  D.D.,  Dean  of  Westminster  (London,  1902). 
On  p.  in  of  this  book  there  is  a  table  of  certain 
passages  which  Luke  and  Matthew  derived  in  common 
from  the  non-Marcan  document,  and  one  of  its  items  is 
the  following  : — 

Luke  x.  1-12.     Mission  of  seventy  disciples  =  Matt.  ix. 
37  f->  x.  i  ff. 
And,  again,  p.  112  : — 

Thus  in  ix.  35~x.  42  he  (Matthew)  has  combined  the 
charge  to  the  twelve  (Mark  vi.  7  ff.)  with  the  charge  to 
the  seventy,  which  St.  Luke  gives  separately. 

But  there  is  a  problem  here  over  which  Dr.  Robinson 
passes  in  silence,  though  it  must  surely  have  suggested 
itself  to  his  unusually  keen  intelligence.  It  may  be  stated 
thus :  Why  does  Luke  make  two  missions  and  two 
charges,  one  of  the  Twelve  Apostles,  copied  directly 
from  Mark,  and  the  other  of  Seventy  Disciples,  copied 
directly  from  the  non-Marcan  document;  whereas 
Matthew  makes  only  one  mission — that  of  the  Twelve — 
and  includes  in  the  charge  or  body  of  instructions  given 
to  them  the  instructions  which  Luke  reserves  for  the 
Seventy  alone  ? 

The    question    arises  :    Did    the    non-Marcan    source 


THE  HARMONISTS  21 


refer  these  instructions— which  Luke  keeps  distinct— 
to  the  Twelve,  or  to  the  Seventy,  or  to  no  particular 
mission  at  all  ?  Here  are  three  alternatives* 

In  favour  of  the  second  hypothesis  is  the  fact  that 
later  on  in  the  same  chapter— verses  17-20— Luke 
narrates  the  return  of  the  Seventy  to  Jesus  in  a  section 
which  runs  thus  : — 

And  the  seventy  returned  with  joy,  saying,  Lord,  even 
the  devils  are  subject  unto  us  in  thy  name.  And  he  said 
unto  them,  I  beheld  Satan  fallen  as  lightning  from 
heaven.  Behold,  I  have  given  you  authority  to  tread 
upon  serpents  and  scorpions,  and  over  all  the  power  of 
the  enemy  :  and  nothing  shall  in  any  wise  hurt  you,  etc. 

Against  this  second  hypothesis  it  may  be  contended 
that— 

Firstly,  if  the  non-Marcan  source  had  expressly 
referred  these  instructions  to  the  corps  of  Seventy 
Disciples,  then  Matthew  could  not  have  conflated  them 
with  the  instructions  to  the  Twelve  which  he  takes 
from  Mark  vi.  7-13. 

Secondly,  the  non-Marcan  document  which  Luke 
copied  in  his  tenth  chapter  was  itself  at  the  bottom 
identical  with  the  text  of  Mark  vi.  7-13,  for  not  only 
are  the  ideas  conveyed  in  the  two  the  same,  but  the 
language  so  similar  that  we  must  infer  a  literary  con 
nection  between  them. 

^  Thirdly,  in  Luke's  narrative  of  the  return  of  the 
Seventy  several  ideas  and  phrases  seem  to  be  borrowed 
from  a  source  used  by  the  author  (probably  Aristion, 
the  Elder)  of  the  last  twelve  verses  of  Mark,  where 
they  are  put  into  the  mouth  of  the  risen  Christ. 

There  is  really  but  a  single  explanation  of  all  these 
facts,  and  it  is  this  :  that  there  were  two  closely  parallel 
and  ultimately  identical  accounts  of  a  sending  forth  of 


THE  HARMONISTS 


apostles  by  Jesus,  one  of  which  Mark  has  preserved, 
while  the  other  stood  in  the  non-Marcan  document. 
This  latter  one  contained  precepts  only,  and  did  not 
specify  to  whom  or  when  they  were  delivered. 
Matthew  saw  that  they  referred  to  one  and  the  same 
event,  and  therefore  blended  them  in  one  narrative. 
Luke,  on  the  other  hand,  obedient  to  his  habit  of 
keeping  separate  what  was  in  Mark  from  what  was  in 
the  non-Marcan  source,  even  when  these  two  sources 
repeated  each  other  verbally,  assumed  that  the  non- 
Marcan  narrative  must  refer  to  some  other  mission 
than  that  of  the  Twelve,  the  account  of  which  he  had 
already  reproduced  verbally  from  Mark.  He  conjec 
tured  that  as  there  had  been  a  mission  of  twelve  sent 
only  to  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel,  so  there  must  have 
been  a  mission  of  seventy  disciples  corresponding  to 
the  seventy  elders  who  had  translated  200  years  earlier 
the  Hebrew  Scriptures  into  Greek,  and  so  been  the 
means  of  diffusing-  among  the  Gentiles  a  knowledge  of 
the  old  Covenant.  But  in  that  case  the  mission  of  the 
Seventy  is  pure  conjecture  of  Luke's.  With  this  it 
well  agrees  that  outside  this  chapter  of  Luke  they  are 
nowhere  else  mentioned  in  the  New  Testament,  and 
that  Eusebius,  the  historian  of  the  Church,  searched  all 
through  the  many  Christian  writers  who  preceded  him 
in  the  first  and  second  centuries— writers  known  to  him, 
but  lost  for  us— in  order  to  find  a  list  of  these  seventy 
disciples,  but  found  it  not.  It  is  incredible,  if  they 
ever  existed,  that  in  all  this  literature  there  should  have 
been  no  independent  mention  of  them. 

In  the  preceding  pages  I  have  somewhat  anticipated 
the  historical  development  of  criticism ;  but  it  was 
right  to  do  so,  for  it  is  not  easy  to  understand  its  earlier 
stages  without  contrasting  the  later  ones.  The  harmony 


THE  HARMONISTS  23 

of  William  Whiston  supplies  many  more  instances  of 
blind  adherence  to  the  dogma  that  in  the  New  Testa 
ment,  as  being-  the  Word  of  God,  there  cannot  be, 
because  there  must  not  be,  any  contradictions  or  incon 
sistencies  of  statement.  It  is  not  well,  however,  to 
dwell  too  long  on  a  single  writer,  arid  I  will  next  select 
an  example  from  the  Dissertations  (Oxford,  1836)  of 
that  most  learned  of  men,  Edward  Greswell,  Fellow 
of  Corpus  Christi  College.  In  these  we  find  harmonies 
so  forced  that  even  Dean  Alford  found  them  excessive. 
Take  the  following  as  an  example. 

In  Matthew  viii.  19-22  and  Luke  ix.  57-60  the  same 
pair  of  incidents  is  found  in  parallel  texts  : — 

Matt.   viii.   19  :    And   there  Luke  ix.  57  :   And  as   they 

came  a  Scribe,  and  said  unto  went  in    the   way,    a   certain 

him,  Master,  I  will  follow  thee  man    said    unto    him,    I    will 

whithersoever  thou  goest.  follow      thee      whithersoever 

thou  goest. 

20  :  And  Jesus   saith   unto  58  :  And  Jesus  said,  etc.  (as 
him,   The   foxes   have   holes,  in  Matt.). 

and  the  birds  of  heaven  nests; 
but  the  Son  of  Man  hath  not 
where  to  lay  his  head. 

21  :  And  another  of  the  dis-  59:    And     he     said     unto 
ciples    said  unto  him,  Lord,  another,  Follow  me.     But  he 
suffer  me  first  to  go  and  bury  said,  Lord,  suffer  me  first  to 
my  father.  go  and  bury  my  father. 

22  :  But  Jesus   saith    unto  60:  But  he  said  unto  him, 
him,    Follow  me  ;   and   leave  Leave  the  dead  to  bury  their 
the   dead   to  bury  their  own  own  dead  ;  but  go  thou  and 
dead.  publish  abroad  the  kingdom 

of  God. 

Now,  in  Matthew  the  above  incidents  follow  the 
descent  of  Jesus  from  the  mount  on  which  he  had 
delivered  his  long  sermon,  separated  therefrom  by  a 
series  of  three  healings,  of  a  leper,  of  a  centurion's 
servant,  and  of  Peter's  wife's  mother,  and  by  Jesus's 
escape  from  the  multitude  across  the  lake.  They 


24  THE  HARMONISTS 

therefore  occurred,  according  to  Matthew,  early  in  the 
ministry  of  Jesus,  and  in  Galilee,  to  the  very  north  of 
Palestine.  Luke,  on  the  contrary,  sets  them  late  in 
Jesus's  career,  when  he  was  on  his  way  southward  to 
Jerusalem,  just  before  the  crucifixion.  Accordingly 
Greswell  sets  Matt.  viii.  18-34  in  §  xx.  of  the  third 
part  of  his  harmony  on  November  i,  A.D.  28,  and 
Luke  ix.  57-60  in  §  xxv.  of  the  fourth  part,  January  23, 
A.D.  30. 

This  acrobatic  feat  provokes  even  from  Dean  Alford 
the  following  note  on  Matt.  viii.   19  : — 

Both  the  following  incidents  are  placed  by  St.  Luke 
long  after,  during  our  Lord's  last  journey  to  Jerusalem. 
For  it  is  quite  impossible  (with  Greswell,  Diss.,  iii., 
p.  155),  in  any  common  fairness  of  interpretation,  to 
imagine  that  two  such  incidents  should  have  twice 
happened,  and  both  times  have  been  related  together. 
It  is  one  of  those  cases  where  the  attempts  of  the 
Harmonists  do  violence  to  every  principle  of  sound 
historical  criticism.  Every  such  difficulty,  instead  of 
being  a  thing  to  be  wiped  out  and  buried  at  all  hazards 
(I  am  sorry  to  see,  e.g.,  that  Dr.  Wordsworth  takes  no 
notice,  either  here  or  in  St.  Luke,  of  the  recurrence  oi 
the  two  narratives),  is  a  valuable  index  and  guide  to  the 
humble  searcher  after  truth,  and  is  used  by  him  as  such. 
And  again  in  his  prolegomena,  §  4,  Alford  writes  of 
the  same  two  passages  and  of  other  similar  parallelisms 
thus  :— 

Now  the  way  of  dealing  with  such  discrepancies  has 
been  twofold,  as  remarked  above.  The  enemies  of  the 
faith  have  of  course  recognised  them,  and  pushed  them 
to  the  utmost ;  often  attempting  to  create  them  where 
they  do  not  exist,  and  where  they  do,  using  them  to 
overthrow  the  narrative  in  which  they  occur.  While 
this  has  been  their  course,  equally  unworthy  of  the 
Evangelists  and  their  subject  has  been  that  of  those  who 


THE  HARMONISTS  25 

are  usually  thought  the  orthodox  Harmonists.  They  have 
usually  taken  upon  them  to  state  that  such  variously 
placed  narratives  do  not  refer  to  the  same  incidents,  and 
so  to  save  (as  they  imagine)  the  credit  of  the  Evangelists, 
at  the  expense  of  common  fairness  and  candour. 

And  below  he  writes  : — 

We  need  not  be  afraid  to  recognise  real  discrepancies, 
in  the  spirit  of  fairness  and  truth.  Christianity  never 
was,  and  never  can  be,  the  gainer  by  any  concealment, 
warping,  or  avoidance  of  the  plain  truth,  U'herever  it  is 
to  be  found. 

In  the  first  of  the  above  passages  cited  from  Dean 
Alford  discrepancies  in  the  Gospels  are  described  as 
difficulties.  But  they  were  not  such  apart  from  the 
prejudice  that  the  Bible  was  an  infallible,  uniform,  and 
self-consistent  whole.  Discard  this  idle  hypothesis, 
which  no  one  ever  resorted  to  in  reading  Thucydides 
or  Herodotus,  or  Julius  Caesar,  or  the  Vedas,  or  Homer, 
or  any  other  book  except  the  Bible,  and  these  "diffi 
culties  "  vanish.  In  a  later  section  of  his  prolegomena, 
§  vi.,  22,  Alford  lays  down  a  proposition  more  pregnant 
of  meaning  than  he  realised  : 

We  must  take  our  views  of  inspiration  not,  as  is  too 
often  done,  from  a  priori  considerations,  but  ENTIRELY 

FROM     THE     EVIDENCE     FURNISHED      BY     THE      SCRIPTURES 
THEMSELVES. 

This  can  only  mean  that,  since  the  Gospels,  no  less 
than  other  books  of  the  Bible,  teem  with  discrepancies, 
therefore  their  plenary  inspiration  (which  the  Dean 
claimed  to  hold  to  the  utmost,  while  rejecting  verbal 
inspiration)  is  consistent  with  such  discrepancies  ;  nor 
merely  with  discrepancies,  but  with  untruths '  and 
inaccuracies  as  well.  For  where  there  are  two  rival 
and  inconsistent  accounts  of  the  same  fact  and  event 


26  THE  HARMONISTS 

one  must  be  true  and  the  other  false,  I  do  not  see 
how  Dean  Alford  could,  on  the  above  premisses, 
quarrel  with  one  who  should  maintain  that  the 
Chronicle  of  Froissart  or  the  Acta  Sanctorum  was 
quite  as  much  inspired  as  the  Bible.  He  denounces 
the  doctrine  of  verbal  inspiration  ;  that  is  to  say,  the 
teaching-  "  that  every  word  and  phrase  of  the  Scriptures 
is  absolutely  and  separately  true,  and,  whether  narra 
tive  or  discourse,  took  place,  or  was  said,  in  every 
most  exact  particular  as  set  down."  He  claims  to 
exercise  "  the  freedom  of  the  Spirit  "  rather  than  submit 
to  "the  bondage  of  the  letter,"  and  he  justly  remarks 
that  the  advocates  of  verbal  inspiration  "  must  not  be 
allowed,  with  convenient  inconsistency,  to  take  refuge 
in  a  common-sense  view  of  the  matter  wherever  their 
theory  fails  them,  and  still  to  uphold  it  in  the  main." 

And  yet,  when  we  examine  his  commentary,  we  find 
him  almost  everywhere  timorous  and  unscientific.  For 
example,  the  most  orthodox  of  modern  critics  frankly 
admits  that  two  miracles  in  Mark — that  of  the  feeding 
of  the  four,  and  that  of  the  five,  thousand — are  a  textual 
doublet ;  I  mean  that  there  was  one  original  story  of 
the  kind,  which,  in  the  hands  of  separate  story-tellers 
or  scribes,  was  varied  in  certain  details,  notably  as  to 
the  place  and  period  at  which  the  miracle  was  wrought, 
and  as  to  the  number  of  people  who  were  fed.  The 
compiler  of  our  second  Gospel  found  both  stories  current 

no  doubt  in  two  different  manuscripts — and,  instead 

of  blending  them  into  one  narrative,  kept  them  separate, 
under  the  impression  that  they  related  different  incidents, 
and  so  copied  them  out  one  upon  and  after  the  other. 
The  literary  connection  between  these  two  stories  saute 
auxyeux,  as  the  French  say — leaps  to  the  eyes.  Entire 
phrases  of  the  one  agree  with  entire  phrases  of  the 


THE  HARMONISTS  27 


other,  and  the  actions  detailed  in  the  one  agree  with 
and  follow  in  the  same  sequence  with  those  detailed  in 
the  other.  Long-  before  Alford's  time  open-eyed  critics 
had  realised  that  the  two  stories  were  variations  of  a 
common  theme  ;  and  yet  Alford,  in  exemplification  of 
his  canon  (Chap.  I.,  §  iv.,  p.  5)  that  Similar  incidents 
must  not  be  too  hastily  assumed  to  be  the  same,  writes 
as  follows  : — 

If  one  Evangelist  had  given  us  the  feeding  of  the  five 
thousand,  and  another  that  of  the  four,  we  should  have 
been  strongly  tempted  to  pronounce  the  incidents  the 
same,  and  to  find  a  discrepancy  in  the  accounts  ;  but  our 
conclusion  would  have  been  false,  for  we  have  now  both 
events  narrated  by  each  of  two  Evangelists  (Matthew  and 
Mark),  and  formally  alluded  to  by  our  Lord  Himself  in 
connexion  (Matt.  xvi.  9,  10 ;  Mark  viii.  19,  20). 

He  also,  as  another  example  of  his  canon's  applica 
bility,  instances  the  stories  of  the  anointings  of  the 
Lord  at  feasts,  first  by  a  woman  who  was  a  sinner,  in 
Luke  vii.  36,  foil.,  and  again  by  Mary  the  sister  of 
Lazarus,  in  Matt.  xxvi.  6,  foil.,  and  Mark  xiv.  3,  foil., 
and  John  xi.  2  and  xii.  3,  foil.  These  stories  are  so  like 
one  another  that,  as  Whiston  observes,  "the  great 
Grotius  (died  1645)  himself  was  imposed  upon,  and 
induc'd  to  believe  them  the  very  same.  Such  fatal 
mistakes,"  he  adds,  "are  men  liable  to  when  they 
indulge  themselves  in  the  liberty  of  changing  the  settled 
order  of  the  Evangelists  on  every  occasion." 

The  fatal  mistake,  of  course,  lay  with  Whiston,  and 
with  Alford,  who  took  up  the  same  position  as  he. 
Whiston  unconsciously  pays  a  great  tribute  to  the 
shrewdness  and  acumen  of  Grotius. 

Latter-day  divines  are  somewhat  contemptuous  of  the 
attitude  of  their  predecessors  fifty  years  ago.  Thus 


28  THE  HARMONISTS 

Dr.  Sanday  writes  in  his  Bampton  Lectures  of  1893  as 
follows  (p.  392)  :— 

The  traditional  theory  needs  little  description.  Fifty 
years  ago  it  may  be  said  to  have  been  the  common  belief 
of  Christian  men — at  least  in  this  country.  It  may  have 
been  held  somewhat  vaguely  and  indefinitely,  and  those 
who  held  it  might,  if  pressed  on  the  subject,  have  made 
concessions  which  would  have  involved  them  in  perplexi 
ties.  But,  speaking  broadly,  the  current  view  may  be 
said  to  have  been  that  the  Bible  as  a  whole  and  in  all  its 
parts  was  the  Word  of  God,  and  as  such  that  it  was 
endowed  with  all  the  perfections  of  that  Word.  Not  only 
did  it  disclose  truths  about  the  Divine  nature  and  opera 
tion  which  were  otherwise  unattainable  ;  but  all  parts  of 
it  were  equally  authoritative,  and  in  history,  as  well  as  in 

doctrine,  it  was  exempt  from  error This  was  the  view. 

commonly  held  fifty  years  ago.  And  when  it  comes  to  be 
examined,  it  is  found  to  be  substantially  not  very  different 
from  that  which  was  held  two  centuries  after  the  birth  of 
Christ. 

To  this  idea  of  verbal  inspiration  Dr.  Sanday  opposes 
what  he  calls  an  inductive  or  critical  view  of  inspiration, 
in  accordance  with  which  the  believer  will,  where  the 
two  conflict,  accept  "the  more  scientific  statement." 
On  this  view  the  Bible  is  not  as  such  inspired,  and  the 
inspiration  of  it  is  fitful,  more  active  in  one  portion  of  it 
than  in  another.  Where  the  two  views  most  diverge  is 
in  the  matter  of  the  historical  books.  These  do  not 
always  narrate  plain  matter  of  fact,  as  they  were  sup 
posed  to  do  formerly  ;  nor  are  they  "  exempted  from 
possibilities  of  error."  Where  they  conflict  with  scien 
tific  statements  they  must  be  regarded  "  rather  as  con 
veying  a  religious  lesson  than  as  histories." 

I  do  not  grudge  this  writer  the  task  of  extracting 
religious  lessons  out  of  certain  portions  of  the  Old 


THE  HARMONISTS  29 

Testament,  but  it  is  more  important  to  consider  the 
implications  of  this  modern  Anglican  doctrine  of  inspira 
tion.  Is  it  open  to  everyone  and  anyone  to  pick  and 
choose  and  decide  what  in  the  Scriptures  is  true  and 
what  not,  what  inspired  and  what  uninspired?  Who  is 
to  be  trusted  with  this  new  task  of  detecting  an  inner 
canon  inside  of  the  old  canon  of  Scripture  ? 

There  is  a  school  of  thinkers  inside  the  Church  who 
desire  to  assume  this  task,  and  who  never  weary  of 
insisting  on  the  authority  of  the  priesthood  in  this 
matter.  That  somewhat  mordant,  but  not  very 
enlightened,  critic,  Sir  Robert  Anderson,  in  a  work 
entitled  The  Bible  and  Modern  Criticism  (London, 
1903),  not  unjustly  observes  (p.  172)  that  "the  Lux 
Mundi  school  has  fallen  back  on  the  Church  as  the 

source  of  authority because  the  Bible,  so  far  from 

being  infallible,  is  marred  by  error,  and  therefore 
affords  no  sure  basis  of  faith."  And  this  is  undoubtedly 
the  point  of  view  of  High  Church  clergymen.  It 
remains  to  be  seen  whether  in  the  minds  of  Englishmen 
the  authority  of  the  Church  will  survive  that  of  the 
Bible. 


CHAPTER  III. 
THE  DEISTS 

THE  Unitarian  movement,  which  flourished  in  Poland 
during-  the  sixteenth  century,  and  penetrated  to  England 
in  the  seventeenth,  contributed  but  little  to  the  criticism 
of  the  New  Testament.  It  is  true  that  Lelius  Socinus 
(1525-1562)  and  Faustus  Socinus  (1539-1604),  his 
nephew,  both  of  Siena,  after  whom  the  Unitarians 
were  called  Socinians,  denied  many  tenets  held  to  be 
fundamental  in  the  great  churches  of  east  and  west, 
such  as  that  of  the  trinity  and  that  of  baptism  with 
water ;  but,  no  more  than  the  medieval  Cathars  who  in 
both  these  respects  anticipated  them,  did  they  dream 
of  calling  in  aid  the  resources  of  textual  criticism. 
They  merely  accepted  the  New  Testament  text  as  they 
found  it  in  Erasmus's  Greek  edition,  or  even  in  the 
Latin  vulgate,  and  accepted  it  as  fully  and  verbally 
inspired.  No  more  than  their  Calvinist  and  Jesuit 
persecutors,  had  they  any  idea  of  a  development  of 
church  doctrine  such  as  could  have  led  incidentally  to 
interpolations  and  alterations  of  the  texts.  They 
questioned  neither  the  traditional  attributions  of  these 
texts  nor  their  historical  veracity.  Nor  did  it  ever 
occur  even  to  John  Locke  to  doubt  the  plenary  inspira 
tion  of  scripture,  although  his  philosophy,  with  its 
rejection  of  authority  and  appeal  to  experience  and 
common  sense,  operated  strongly  for  the  creation  of 
that  rationalistic  school  of  thinkers  who  came  to  be 
known  as  Deists.  The  writers  of  this  school,  who 

30 


THE  DEISTS  31 


flourished  at  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  and  during-  the 
eighteenth  century,  dealt  with  many  subjects  ;  but  they 
all  of  them  stood  for  a  revolt  against  authority  in 
religion.  Thus  Tindal,  in  his  preface  to  his  work, 
Christianity  as  Old  as  the  Creation;  or,  the  Gospel  a 
Repnblication  of  the  Religion  of  Nature,  declares  in  his 
preface  that — 

He  builds  nothing  on  a  thing  so  uncertain  as  tradition, 
which  differs   in   most  countries  ;  and  of  which,  in  all 
.countries,  the  bulk  of  mankind  are  incapable  of  judging. 
The  scope  of  his  work  is  well  indicated  in  the  head 
ings  of  his  chapters,  one  and  all.     Take  for  example 
this  :— 

Chap.  I.:  That  God,  at  all  times,  has  given  mankind 
sufficient   means   of  knowing   whatever  he   requires  of 
them,  and  what  those  means  are. 
And  in  this  chapter  we  read  : — 

Too  great  a  stress  can't  be  laid  on  natural  religion  ; 
which,  as  I  take  it,  differs  not  from  revealed,  but  in  the 
manner  of  its  being  communicated  :  the  one  being  the 
internal,  as  the  other  the  external  revelation  of  the  same 
unchangeable  will  of  a  Being,  who  is  alike  at  all  times 
infinitely  wise  and  good. 

This  author  never  wearies  of  contrasting  the  simpli 
city  of  natural  religion,  the  self-evidencing  clearness  of 
the  laws  of  goodness,  mercy,  and  duty  impressed  on 
all  human  hearts,  with  the  complexity  and  uncertainty 
of  a  revelation  which  rests  or  is  contained  in  Scriptures; 
and  he  knows  how  to  enrol  leading  Anglican  authori 
ties  on  his  side  in  urging  his  point.  Thus  (p.  214  of 
the  third  edition,  London,  1732)  he  adduces  a  passage 
from  the  Polemical  Works  of  Jeremy  Taylor,  which 
begins  thus  : — 

Since  there  are  so  many  copies  with  infinite  varieties 
of  reading;  since  a  various  interpunction,  a  parenthesis, 


THE  DEISTS 


a  letter,  an  accent,  may  much  alter  the  sense  ;  since 
some  places  have  divers  literal  senses,  many  have 
spiritual,  mystical,  and  allegorical  meanings;  since  there 
are  so  many  tropes,  metonymies,  ironies,  hyperboles, 
proprieties  and  improprieties  of  language,  whose  under 
standing  depends  on  such  circumstances,  that  it  is 
almost  impossible  to  know  the  proper  interpretation, 
now  that  the  knowledge  of  such  circumstances,  and 
particular  stories,  is  irrecoverably  lost :  since  there  are 
some  mysteries  which,  at  the  best  advantage  of  expres 
sion,  are  not  easy  to  be  apprehended  ;  and  whose  explica 
tion,  by  reason  of  our  imperfections,  must  needs  be 
dark,  sometimes  unintelligible  ;  and,  lastly,  since  those 
ordinary  means  of  expounding  Scripture,  as  searching 
the  originals,  conference  of  places,  parity  of  reason, 
analogy  of  faith,  are  all  dubious,  uncertain,  and  very 
fallible ;  he  that  is  wisest,  and  by  consequence  the 
likeliest  to  expound  truest,  in  all  probability  of  reason, 
will  be  very  far  from  confidence. 

The  alternatives  are  thus  presented  of  becoming 
"priests'  worshippers,"  with  "a  divine  faith  in  their 
dictates,"  or  of  resigning  oneself  to  Bishop  Taylor's 
attitude  of  suspense  and  doubt.  For  as  that  writer 
concludes  :  "  So  many  degrees  of  improbability  and 
incertainty,  all  depress  our  certainty  of  finding  out 
truth  in  such  mysteries."  These,  as  he  elsewhere  says 
(Polem.  WorkS)  p.  521)  :  "  Have  made  it  impossible  for 
a  man  in  so  great  a  variety  of  matter  not  to  be 
deceived."  The  first  alternative  involves,  as  Chilling- 
worth  said  in  his  Religion  of  Protestants^  a  "  deify 
ing "  by  some  Pope  or  other  of  "his  own  interpreta 
tions  and  tyrannous  in  forcing  them  upon  others  ";  and 
a  Pope  is  "  the  common  incendiary  of  Christendom," 
who  "  tears  in  pieces,  not  the  coat,  but  the  bowels  and 
members  of  Christ  :  ridente  Turca,  nee  dolente  ludaeo" 

From  the  above  extracts  we  can  judge  of  Tindal's 


THE  DEISTS  33 


position.  He  did  not  directly  attack  orthodoxy ; 
indeed,  had  he  done  so  he  could  hardly  have  retained 
his  fellowship  at  All  Souls'  College.  But  the  direct 
implication  of  his  work  throughout  was  this,  that 
Christianity  is  not  only  superfluous,  but  too  obscure  to 
be  set  on  a  level  with  natural  religion.  His  book  is 
still  worth  reading,  and  very  superior  to  the  feeble 
counterblasts  penned  by  several  contemporary  divines, 
one  of  whom  was  my  own  direct  ancestor,  John  Cony- 
beare,  Bishop  of  Bristol.  Space  forbids  me  to  dwell  as 
long  as  I  would  like  to  on  the  work.  I  will  only  draw 
attention  to  his  acute  discussion  in  his  sixth  chapter  of 
the  intellectual  preconditions  of  any  revelation  what 
ever.  Men,  he  there  argues,  must  have  been  gifted 
not  only  with  an  idea  of  a  perfect  and  Supreme  Being, 
but  with  a  certainty  of  his  existence,  and  an  idea  of 
his  perfections,  before  they  can  even  approach  the 
question,  Whether  he  Jias  made  any  external  Revelation. 
All  discussion  of  such  a  question  is  bound  to  be  idle, 
"except  we  could  know  whether  this  Being  is  bound 
by  his  external  word  ;  and  had  not,  either  at  the  time 
of  giving  it,  a  secret  will  inconsistent  with  his  revealed 
will  ;  or  has  not  since  changed  his  will."  The  modern 
High  Churchman  imagines  that  he  has  strengthened 
the  position  of  orthodoxy  by  a  doctrine  of  progressive 
revelation.  In  other  words,  Jehovah,  when  he  delivered 
the  Law  to  Moses,  communicated  neither  his  true  will 
nor  the  whole  truth  to  mankind  ;  he  only  did  so  when 
he  sent  Jesus  into  Judaea  and  founded  the  Christian 
Church  and  its  sacraments.  We  may  well  ask  with 
Tindal  how  we  can  be  sure  that  the  Church  and  its 
sacraments  exhaust  the  truth.  May  there  not  still 
remain  a  Secret  Will  in  reserve  waiting  to  be  revealed, 
as  little  consistent  with  current  orthodoxy  and  its 


34  THE  DEISTS 


dogmas  and  rites  as  these  are  with  the  old  Jewish 
religion  of  animal  sacrifices?  Of  Tindal's  work  only 
the  first  volume  was  published  in  1730,  when  he  was 
already  an  old  man.  He  died  in  1733,  leaving-  a  second 
ready  for  the  press.  It  never  saw  the  light,  for  Dr. 
Gibson,  Bishop  of  London,  with  whom  Tindal  had 
more  than  once  crossed  swords,  got  hold  of  the  manu 
script  after  the  author's  death,  and,  rightly  judging  that 
it  was  easier  to  suppress  than  answer  such  a  work,  had 
it  destroyed.  The  late  Bishop  Stubbs,  with  uncon 
scious  humour,  confesses  in  one  of  his  letters  to  a 
similar  action.  He  met  John  Richard  Green  for  the 
first  time  in  a  railway  train,  and,  noticing  that  he  was 
reading  Renan's  Life  of  Jesus,  engaged  him  in  a  discus 
sion  of  other  topics.  Before  the  conversation  ended  the 
Bishop  had  transferred  the  obnoxious  volume  to  his 
own  handbag,  whence,  when  he  reached  his  home,  he 
transferred  it  into  his  wastepaper  basket.  So  history 
repeats  itself  at  long  intervals.  Amid  the  revolutions 
of  theology  little  remains  the  same  except  the  episcopal 
temper. 

I  have  dwelt  first  on  Matthew  Tindal  because  his 
work  illustrates  so  well  the  general  tone  of  Deists.  I 
must  now  turn  to  two  of  his  contemporaries  who 
are  memorable  for  their  criticisms  of  the  New  Testa 
ment. 

The  author  of  the  first  Gospel  incessantly  appends  to 
his  narratives  of  Jesus  the  tag :  Now  all  this  is  coine  to 
pass  that  it  might  be  fulfilled  -which  was  spoken  by  the 
prophet.  So  in  Luke  xxiv.  25  it  is  related  how  the  risen 
Jesus,  on  the  road  to  Emmaus,  by  way  of  convincing 
two  of  his  disciples  of  the  reality  of  his  resurrection, 
said  unto  them,  O  foolish  men  and  slow  of  heart  to  believe 
in  accordance  'with  all  the  prophets  have  spoken  ! Ana 


THE  DEISTS  35 


beginning  from  Moses  and  front  all  the  prophets,  he  inter 
preted  to  them  throughout  the  Scriptures  the  things  con 
cern  ing  h  imself.  • 

And   similarly  in   the  fourth  Gospel  (xix.  28),  Jesus, 
that  the  Scripture  might  be  accomplished,  said  :  /  thirst. 

And  when  he  had  received  the  vinegar ;  he  said,  This 

Scripture  also  is  fulfilled ;  and  tie  bowed  his  head,  and 
gave  up  his  spirit. ' 

I  cite  these  passages  to  illustrate  the  character  of 
that  form  of  embellishment  of  the  narratives  of  Jesus  to 
which  the  name  of  prophetic  gnosis  has  been  given,  and 
which  was  the  chief — perhaps  the  only — weapon  of  his 
followers  against  the  Jews  who  scornfully  denied  him  to 
be  the  Messiah.  After  doing  service  against  the  Jews, 
the  same  argument  was  used  to  compel  the  Gentiles  also 
to  accept  the  new  religion  ;  and  Christian  literature, 
until  the  other  day,  largely  consisted  of  the  argument 
from  prophecy,  as  it  was  termed.  With  rabbinical 
ingenuity,  thousands  of  passages  were  torn  from  the 
living  context  which  gave  them  sense  and  meaning, 
and  distorted,  twisted,  .mutilated,  misinterpreted,  in 
order  to  fit  them  in  as  predictions  of  Jesus  the  Messiah. 
No  one  thought  much  of  what  they  signified  in  their 
surroundings,  or,  indeed,  of  whether  they  had  there  any 
rational  signification  at  all. 

Now  early  in  the  seventeenth  century  a  few  of  the 
more  intelligent  students  of  the  Bible  began  to  express 
doubts  about  the  matter.  Various  passages  taken 
immemorially  for  prophecies  of  Christ  seemed  on  closer 

1  Here  the  English  version,  following  all  the  MSS.,  renders: 
"  he  said,  It  is  finished  "  (or  fulfilled).  But  the  words  survive  as  I 
have  Driven  them  in  Eusebius's  citations  of  the  passage  and  in  the 
old  Georgian  version,  which  probably  reflects  the  second-century 
Syriac  version.  Their  extreme  frigidity  would  explain  their  omis 
sion  from  all  the  Greek  MSS. 


36  THE  DEISTS 


inspection  to  yield  a  better  and  more  coherent  sense  if 
interpreted  by  reference  to  the  particular  portions  of  the 
Old  Testament  to  which  they  belonged.  Such  of  them 
as  were  really  anticipations  of  a  future  were  seen  to 
have  received  their  fulfilment  in  the  close  sequel  of  the 
Old  Testament  history  ;  others  were  not  anticipations 
at  all,  but  statements  of  past  events  made  by  ancient 
writers.  It  was  pointed  out  by  scholars,  who  now 
began  to  familiarise  themselves  with  that  tongue,  that 
in  Hebrew  the  grammatical  forms  expressive  of  past 
and  future  action  are  almost  identical,  and  easily  mis 
taken  for  one  another.  Worse  still,  many  passages  of 
the  Septuagint  or  old  Greek  translation  of  the  Old 
Testament  were  found  on  examination  of  the  Hebrew 
text  to  be  mistranslations.  The  Hebrew  original, 
rightly  interpreted,  had  quite  another  meaning  than 
that  which  the  evangelists,  in  their  ignorance  of 
Hebrew,  had  blindly  accepted. 

William  Whiston,  whose  harmonistic  canons  we  have 
already  discussed  (p.  16  foil.),  was  impressed  by  these 
doubts,  and  set  himself  to  resolve  them.  He  could  not, 
in  a  modern  and  critical  manner,  admit  that  the  passages 
of  the  Old  Testament  adduced  by  the  first  and  other 
evangelists  as  prophecies  were  not  such,  but  adopted 
the  topsy-turvy  hypothesis  that  where  the  old  Hebrew 
text  did  not  warrant  the  Christian  abuse  of  it,  it  had 
been  changed  and  corrupted  by  Jewish  enemies  of 
Christ.  In  the  age  of  the  Apostles,  he  argued,  or 
rather  assumed,  the  Hebrew  text  had  agreed  with  the 
Greek,  so  that  they  could  argue  from  the  latter  taken  in 
its  literal  sense.  He  admitted  that  the  texts  in  their 
modern  form  are  irreconcilable  ;  and,  having  learned 
Hebrew,  he  boldly  set  himself  to  re-write  the  original, 
so  as  to  make  it  tally  with  Christian  requirements. 


K^eHMeMONfcMTOIC 

M  pN^C  TO  K M  N  AC  Y  K H  M 
KAIG^ee  AM  I  H OH CAN 

6  K.e  A.6  re  i  A  YTA  i  c  * 
eVeAMf  crcee'iM-z.HT«« 

T".€  TO  M  W  A,:Z  A  |  H  N  6  NT* 
^  C  T"  A  Y  f  .c  I »  M  r  r  i  n  r  i  fyfl 
o  H  OY  K^CT  i/  j;«n  A.C£  VAC 
oTonocor 

ICM  AOHTAJ  - 

i  ~i~(jL>  n€i~tft» 
UTI  r  i  ro  A  re  i  Y  M  ACeiQ 

T  H  M  PA  A  I  A  A'  I  X  N  €?  K  ^.'^CT 

1'  cS  KI  o'4^  t  ft  o  c-  K  A  ovi>  c-  '^» 

c  A  ic- J>Y'"r)^,AnbT6y 
M  rs^  »i  M  fJ  I  (J *f  C.  I  X . ft  •   -'~AJ» 

C  "r  A.  <5|  c  KT  A  i  o  v  A.e  N}  o  Y 

^  G^  y  I  n  o  M  e  <t^  o  R,  o  Y  N 
fo  rA'j  :  -,  v  • 


<Ol-4      > 


MARK   XVI.  58. 


38  THE  DEISTS 


But  here  a  scholar  as  learned  as  himself,  but  less 
encumbered  with  the  pedantry  of  orthodoxy,  crossed 
his  path.  This  was  Anthony  Collins  (1676-1729),  a 
scholar  of  Eton  and  of  King's  College,  Cambridge. 
Already,  in  1707,  he  had  published  a  work  in  which  he 
pleaded  for  "  the  use  of  Reason  in  propositions  the 
evidence  whereof  depends  on  human  testimony."  In 
1713  he  issued  A  Discourse  on  Freethinking,  in  which 
he  showed  that  in  every  age  men  have  been  virtuous  in 
proportion  as  they  were  enlightened  and  free  to  think 
for  themselves.  Without  such  freedom  of  thought 
Christianity,  he  said,  could  never  have  won  its  early 
victories.  In  these  two  works  he  hardly  went  beyond 
what  his  master  and  intimate  friend  John  Locke  might 
have  written  ;  and  the  latter,  in  a  letter  addressed  to 
him  ten  years  earlier,  had  written  thus  : — 

Believe  it,  my  good  friend,  to  love  truth  for  truth's  sake 
is  the  principal  part  of  human  perfection  in  this  world,  and 
the  source  of  all  other  virtues  :  and  if  I  mistake  not,  you 
have  as  much  of  it  as  ever  I  met  with  in  anybody. 

The  above-mentioned  works,  and  also  an  earlier  work 
in  1709  entitled  Priestcraft  in  Perfection,  raised  up  against 
Collins  a  plentiful  crop  of  enemies  ;  he  had  already  been 
obliged,  in  1711,  to  retire  for  a  time  to  Holland  to  escape 
the  storm.  There  he  gained  the  friendship  of  Le  Clerc 
(1657-1736),  who  as  early  as  1685  had  openly  attacked 
the  belief  in  the  inspiration  of  the  Bible,  as  it  was  then 
and  long  afterwards  formulated.  But  it  was  in  1724 
that  Collins  published  the  work  which  most  deeply 
offended.  This  was  his  Discourse  on  the  Grounds  and 
Reasons  of  the  Christian  Religion,  and  was  called  forth 
by  the  work  of  Whiston.  The  following  passage  sums 
up  the  results  at  which  he  arrives  : — 


THE  DEISTS  39 

In  fine,  the  prophecies  cited  from  the  Old  Testament  by 
the  authors  of  the  New  do  so  plainly  relate,  in  their 
obvious  and  primary  sense,  to  other  matters  than  those 
which  they  are  produced  to  prove  that  to  pretend  they 
prove,  in  that  sense,  what  they  are  produced  to  prove  is 
(as  Simon,  Dibl.  Crit.,  vol.  iv.,  p.  513,  and  Histoire  Crit. 
du  Nou-v.  Test.,  chaps.  21  and  22,  declares)  to  give  up  the 
cause  of  Christianity  to  Jews  and  other  enemies  thereof; 
who  can  so  easily  show,  in  so  many  undoubted  instances, 
the  Old  Testament  and  New  Testament  to  have  no 
manner  of  connection  in  that  respect,  but  to  be  in  an 
irreconcilable  state  (as  Whiston  said  in  his  Essay t  etc., 
p.  282). 

The  remedy  proposed  by  Collins  is  that  of  allegorising 
the  so-called  prophecies,  and  of  taking  them  in  a  second 
ary  sense  different  from  their  obvious  and  literal  one. 
In  no  other  way,  he  urged,  can  they  be  adapted  to  the 
belief  in  the  spiritual  Messiah  who  is  yet  to  appear ;  for 
the  prophecies  must  have  been  fulfilled,  or  the  Christian 
faith  which  they  evidenced  is  false.  Since  they  were 
demonstrably  never  fulfilled  in  their  literal  sense,  Collins 
argues  that  the  pointing  of  the  Hebrew  text  must  be 
altered,  the  order  of  words  and  letters  transposed, 
words  cut  in  half,  taken  away  or  added — any  pro- 
crustean  methods,  in  short,  employed,  in  order  to  force 
the  text  into  some  sort  of  conformity  with  the  events. 

The  good  faith  of  Collins  in  propounding  such  a 
remedy  was  questioned  by  the  many  divines  who 
undertook  to  answer  him,  and  also  by  modern  his 
torians  of  the  Deistic  movement,  like  Leslie  Stephen. 
He  was  accused  of  covertly  ridiculing  and  destroying 
the  Christian  religion,  while  professing  to  justify  and 
uphold  it.  This  is  a  point  to  which  I  shall  presently 
advert.  For  the  moment  let  us  select  an  example 
which  illustrates  the  great  sagacity  and  acumen  he 


40  THE  DEISTS 

displayed  in  his  attack  on  the  argument  from  prophecy. 

It   shall   be   his   discussion   of  the   text   Isaiah  vii.    14, 

invoked  in  Matt.  i.  23  :  Behold,  the  virgin  shall  be  with 

child,  and  shall  bring  forth  a  son,  etc. 

These  words  [wrote  Collins],  as  they  stand  in  Isaiah, 
from  whom  they  are  supposed  to  be  taken,  do,  in  their 
obvious  and  literal  sense,  relate  to  a  young  woman  in  the 
days  cf  Ahaz,  King  of  Judah. 

He  then  shows  from  the  context  of  Isaiah,  chap,  viii., 

how  Ahaz 

took  two  witnesses,  and  in  their  presence  went  unto 
the  said  virgin,  or  young  woman,  called  the  Prophetess 
(verse  3),  who  in  due  time  conceived  and  bare  a  son,  who 
was  named  Immanuel  ;  after  whose  birth,  the  projects  of 
Rezin  and  Pekah  (Is.  viii.  8-10)  were  soon  confounded, 
according  to  the  Prophesy  and  Sign  given  by  the  prophet. 

The  sign  (Isaiah  vii.  14)  was 

given  by  the  prophet  to  convince  Ahaz  that  he  (the 
prophet)  brought  a  message  from  the  Lord  to  him  tc 
assure  him  that  the  two  kings  should  not  succeed  against 
him.  How  could  a  virgin's  conception  and  bearing  a  son 
seven  hundred  years  afterwards  be  a  sign  to  Ahaz  that 
the  prophet  came  to  him  with  the  said  message  from  the 
Lord  ?  And  how  useless  was  it  to  Ahaz,  as  well  as 
absurd  in  itself,  for  the  prophet  to  say  :  Before  the  child, 
born  seven  hundred  years  hence,  shall  distinguish 
between  good  and  evil,  the  land  shall  be  forsaken  of  both 
her  kings? — which  should  seem  a  banter,  instead  of  a 
sign.  But  a  prophecy  of  the  certain  birth  of  a  male  child 
to  be  born  within  a  year  or  two  seems  a  proper  sign 

Similarly  he  points  out  that  the  words  of  Hosea  cited 
in  Matt.  ii.  15  were  no  prediction,  but  a  statement  of  a 
past  fact — viz.,  that  Jehovah  had  brought  Israel  his  son 
out  of  Egypt. 

Collins    also   undertook   to  show  that  the    Book    of 


THE  DEISTS  4I 


Daniel,  on  which  his  antagonist  Whiston  relied,  was 
a  forgery  of  the  age  of  Antiochus  Epiphanes.  This 
brilliant  conjecture,  which  modern  inquiry  has  sub 
stantiated,  of  itself  suffices  to  place  him  in  the  foremost 
rank  of  critics.  Bentley,  the  King's  librarian,  indulged 
in  gibes,  as  cheap  as  they  were  coarse,  at  Collins's 
mistakes  in  the  domain  of  scholarship  ;  but  here  was  a 
discovery  which,  had  Bentley  known  it,  far  outshone 
in  importance,  while  it  rivalled  in  critical  insight,  his 
own  exposure  in  1699  of  the  Epistles  of  Phalaris,  the 
genuineness  of  which  was  at  the  time  an  article  of  faith 
in  Oxford  colleges. 

The  other  writer  of  this  age  who  must  be  set  along 
side  of  Collins  as  a  critic  of  the  New  Testament  was 
Thomas  Woolston  (1669-1731).  The  general  position 
of  this  writer  was  that  the  miracles  related  of  Jesus  are 
so  unworthy  of  a  spiritual  Messiah  that  they  must  one 
and  all,  including  the  resurrection,  be  set  down  as  never 
having  happened  at  all,  and  be  explained  allegorically 
as  types  or  figures  of  the  real,  which  is  the  spiritual, 
alone.  I  reproduce  in  his  own  words,  from  his  Discourse 
on  the  Miracles,  sixth  edition,  London,  1729,  p.  7,  his 
programme  : — 

I  will  show  that  the  miracles  of  healing  all  manner  of 
bodily  diseases,  which  Jesus  was  justly  famed  for,  are 
none  of  the  proper  miracles  of  the  Messiah,  nor  are  they 
so  much  as  a  good  proof  of  Jesus's  divine  authority  to 
found  and  introduce  a  religion  into  the  world. 

And  to  do  this  let  us  consider,  first,  in  general,  what 
was  the  opinion  of  the  Fathers  about  the  Evangelists,  in 
which  the  life  of  Christ  is  recorded.  Eucherius  says  that 
the  scriptures  of  the  New  as  well  as  Old  Testament  are 
to  be  interpreted  in  an  allegorical  sense.  And  this  his 
opinion  is  no  other  than  the  common  one  of  the  first  a^es 
of  the  Church consequently  the  literal  story  of  Christ's 


42  THE  DEISTS 


miracles  proves  nothing1.  But  let's  hear  particularly  their 
opinion  of  the  actions  and  miracles  of  our  Saviour. 
Origen  says  that  whatsoever  Jesus  did  in  the  flesh  was 
but  typical  and  symbolical  of  ivhat  he  would  do  in  the 
spirit ;  ami  to  our  purpose,  that  the  several  bodily  diseases 
•which  he  healed  were  no  other  than  figures  of  the  spiritual 
infirmities  of  the  soul,  that  are  to  be  cured  by  him. 
The  following-  are  some  of  the  results  at  which  he 

arrives  by  applying  the  above  canon  : — 

Jesus's    feedings    of  five    and    four    thousand  in   the 

wilderness  "are  most  romantick  tales." 

The  miracle  of  Mark  ii.  1-12  =  Luke  v.  17-26  is  "  such 

a  rodomontado  that,  were  men  to  stretch  for  a  wager, 

against  reason  and  truth,  none  could  outdo  it." 
He  also  banters  the  spittle  miracle  (in  John  ix.) 
of  the  blind  man,  for  whom  eyesalve  was  made  of  clay 
and  spittle  ;  which  eyesalve,  whether  it  was   Balsamick 
or  not,  does  equally  affect  the  credit  of  the  miracle.     If  it 
was  naturally  medicinal,  there's  an  end  of  the  miracle  ; 
and  if  it  was  not  medicinal,  it  was  foolishly  and  imper 
tinently  apply'd,  and  can  be  no  otherwise  accounted  for 
than  by  considering  it,  with  the  Fathers,  as  a  figurative 
act  in  Jesus  (p.  55). 

Of  another  famous  tale  he  writes  : — 

Jesus's  cursing  the  fig-tree,  for  its  not  bearing  fruit 
out  of  season,  upon  the  bare  mention  of  it,  appears  to  be 
a  foolish,  absurd,  and  ridiculous  act,  if  not  figurative. 

It  is  so  like  the  malignant  practices  of  witches,  who, 

as  stories  go,  upon  envy,  grudge,  or  distaste,  smite  their 
neighbours' cattle  with  languishingdistempers,  till  they  die. 

And  thus  of  the  Magi  : — 

Of  the  Wise  Men  out  of  the  East,  with  their  (literally) 
senseless  and  ridiculous  presents  of  frankincense  and 
myrrh,  to  a  new-born  babe.  If  with  their  gold,  which 
could  be  but  little,  they  had  brought  their  dozens  of 
sugar,  soap,  and  candles,  which  would  have  been  of  use 


THE  DEISTS  43 


to  the  child  and  his  poor  mother  in  the  straw,  they  had 
acted  like  wise  as  well  as  good  men  (p.  56). 

From  the  Fourth  Discourse  on  the  Miracles,  London, 
'729»  P-  36»  on  the  miracle  of  Cana  : — 

Jesus,  after  their  more  than  sufficient  drinking  for  their 
satisfaction  of  nature,  had  never  turned  water  into  wine, 
nor  would  his  mother  have  requested  him  to  do  it,  if,  I 
say,  they  had  not  a  mind,  and  took  pleasure  in  it  too,  to 

see  the  company  quite  stitch  'd  up 

The  Fathers  of  your  Church,  being  sensible  of  the 
absurdity,  abruptness,  impertinence,  pertness,  and  sense 
lessness  of  the  passage  before  us  according  to  the  letter, 
had  recourse  to  a  mystical  and  allegorical  interpretation, 
as  the  only  way  to  make  it  consistent  with  the  wisdom, 
sobriety,  and  duty  of  the  Holy  Jesus  (p.  35). 

In  his  sixth  discourse  on  the  miracles  Woolston 
assails  the  narratives  of  the  Resurrection.  He  evidently 
felt  that  he  was  running  some  risk  of  prosecution  and 
imprisonment  by  his  freedom  of  speech,  so  he  puts  the 
chief  of  his  argument  into  the  mouth  of  an  imaginary 
Jewish  rabbi.  The  latter  begins  by  lamenting  the  loss 
of  the  writings  which,  according  to  Justin  Martyr 
(c.  130-140),  his  own  ancestors  unquestionably  dispersed 
against  Jesus.  These,  if  we  had  them,  would,  he  avers, 
yield  us  a  clear  insight  into  the  cheat  and  imposture  of 
the  Christian  religion. 

He  then  proceeds  to  argue  that  the  priests  who  sealed 
the  sepulchre  waited  for  Jesus  to  rise  again  after  three 
days— i.e.,  on  Monday— but  that  the  disciples  stole  a 
march  on   them  by  removing  the  body  a  day  earlier, 
and  then  pretended  the  sense  of  the  prophecy  to  be  that 
he  should  rise  on  the  third  day.     The  disciples  were 
afraid  to  trust  Jesus's  body,  its  full  time,  in  the  grave, 
because  of  the  greater  difficulty  to  carry  it  off  afterwards, 
and  pretend  a  resurrection  upon  it 


44  THE  DEISTS 


Jesus's  body  was  gone  betimes  in  the  morning,  before 
our  chiej  priests  could  be  out  of  their  beds  ;  and  a  bare 
faced  infringement  of  the  seals  of  the  sepulchre  was  made 

against  the  laws  of  honour  and  honesty 

In  short,  by  the  sealing  of  the  stone  of  the  sepulchre 
we  are  to  understand  nothing  less  than  a  covenant 
entered  into  between  our  chief  priests  and  the  Apostles, 
by  which  Jesus's  veracity,  power,  and  Messiahship  was 

to  be  try'd The  condition  of  the  sealed  covenant  was 

that  if  Jesus  arose  from  the  dead  in  the  presence  of  our 
chief  priests,  upon  their  opening  the  seals  of  the  sepulchre, 
at  the  time  appointed  ;  then  he  was  to  be  acknowledged 
to  be  the  Messiah.     But  if  he  continued  in  a  corrupt  and 
putrified   state,    then  was  he  to   be   granted   to   be  an 
impostor.     Very  wisely  and  rightly  agreed  !     And  if  the 
Apostles   had   stood   to   this   covenant,   Christianity  had 
been  nipt  in  its  bud  and  suppressed  at  its  birth. 
He  anticipates  the  objection  that  the  theft  could  not 
have  escaped  the  notice  of  the  soldiers  set  to  guard  the 
tomb.     These  were  either  bribed  or,  as  "our  ancestors 
said,  what  your  evangelist  has  recorded,"  asleep. 

The  rabbi  next  raises  the  objection  that  Jesus  appeared 
to  none  except  the  faithful  : — 

Celsus  of  old,  in  the  name  of  the  Jews,  made  the 
objection,  and  Olivio,  a  later  rabbi,  has  repeated  it.  But 
in  all  my  reading  and  conversation  with  men  or  books  I 
never  met  with  a  tolerable  answer  to  it. 

This  objection  Origen  owns  to  be  a  considerable 

one  in  his  second  book  against  Celsus. 

Whoever  blends  together  the  various  history  of  the 
four  Evangelists  as  to  Jesus's  appearances  after  his 
resurrection  will  find  himself  not  only  perplex'd  how  to 
make  an  intelligible,  consistent,  and  sensible  story  of  it, 
but  must,  with  Celsus,  needs  think  it,  if  he  closely  think 
on't,  like  some  of  the  confused  and  incredible  womanish 
fables  of  the  apparitions  of  the  ghosts  of  deceased 
persons,  which  the  Christian  world  in  particular  has  in 


THE  DEISTS 


45 


former  ages  abounded  with.  The  ghosts  of  the  dead  in 
this  present  age,  and  especially  in  this  Protestant  country, 
have  ceased  to  appear;  and  we  nowadays  hardly  ever 
hear  of  such  an  apparition.  And  what  is  the  reason  of 
it  ?  Why,  the  belief  of  these  stories  being  banish'd  out 
of  men's  minds,  the  crafty  and  vaporous  forbear  to  trump 
them  upon  us.  There  has  been  so  much  clear  proof  of 
the  fraud  in  many  of  these  stories  that  the  wise  and 
considerate  part  of  mankind  has  rejected  them  all, 
excepting  this  of  Jesus,  which,  to  admiration,  has  stood 
its  ground 

I  can't  read  the  story  without  smiling,  and  there  are 
two  or  three  passages  in  it  that  put  me  in  mind  of 
Robinson  Crusoe's  filling  his  pockets  with  biskets,  when 
he  had  neither  coat,  wastecoat,  nor  breeches  on. 

I  don't  expect  my  argument  against  it  (the  Resurrec 
tion)  will  be  convincing  of  any  of  your  preachers.  They 
have  a  potent  reason  for  their  faith,  which  we  Jews 
can't  come  at ;  or  I  don't  know  but  we  might  believe 
with  them. 

That  the  Fathers,  without  questioning  their  belief  of 
Jesus's  corporal  Resurrection,  universally  interpreted 
the  story  and  every  part  of  it  mystically,  is  most  certain. 

He  cites  Hilary  in  behalf  of  this  contention  ;  also 
Augustine,  Sermo  clxviii.,  Appendix  ;  Origen  in  Johan. 
Evang.,  C.  xx.,  Tract  120;  John  of  Jerusalem,  In  Matt. 
c.  xx.;  Jerome,  In  Matthceum ;  and  then  sums  up  his 
case  in  the  following  words  : — 

What  I  have  said  in  a  few  citations  is  enough  to  show 
that  they  looked  upon  the  whole  story  as  emblematical  of 
his  Spiritual  Resurrection  out  of  the  grave  of  the  letter 
of  the  Scriptures,  in  which  he  has  been  buried  about 
three  days  and  three  nights,  according  to  that  mystical 
interpretation  of  prophetical  Numbers  which  I  have 

learned  of  them by  the  three  Days,  St.  Augustin  says, 

are  to  be  understood  three  ages  of  the  world. 

I  am  resolved  to  give  the  Letter  of  the  Scripture  no 


46  THE  DEISTS 


rest,  so  long  as  God  gives  me  life  and  abilities  to  attack 
it.  Origen  (in  Psalm  xxxvi.)  says  that,  -when  we  dispute 
against  Ministers  of  the  Letter,  we  must  select  some 
historical  parts  of  Scripture,  which  they  understand 
literally,  and  show  that,  according  to  the  Letter,  they  carft 
stand  their  ground,  but  imply  absurdities  and  nonsense. 
And  how  then  is  such  a  work  to  be  performed  to  best 
advantage  ?  Is  it  to  be  done  in  a  grave,  sedate,  and 
serious  manner?  No,  I  think  ridicule  should  here  take 
place  of  sober  reasoning,  as  the  more  proper  and  effectual 
means  to  cure  men  of  their  foolish  faith  and  absurd  notions. 

I  have  cited  Woolston's  argument  against  the 
Resurrection  so  fully  in  order  to  give  my  readers  an 
adequate  idea  of  his  method.  It  is  old-fashioned,  no 
doubt,  as  compared  with  the  much  subtler  criticism  of 
the  Abbe"  Loisy,  who  challenges  the  story  of  the  empty 
tomb  altogether,  and  argues  that,  Jesus  having  been 
really  cast  after  death  into  the  common  foss  or  Hakel- 
dama  into  which  other  malefactors'  bodies  were  thrown, 
the  story  of  the  women's  visit  to  the  empty  tomb  was 
invented  to  buttress  the  growing  belief  in  a  bodily 
resurrection,  such  as  became  a  messiah  who  was  to 
return  and  inaugurate  an  earthly  millennium.  As 
against  the  traditional  acceptance  of  the  narratives, 
however,  Woolston's  arguments  are  effective  enough. 
His  method  of  ridicule  was,  of  course,  adopted  by 
Voltaire,  who  was  living  in  England  when  he  and 
Collins  were  writing.  Voltaire,  indeed,  would  have 
been  the  first  to  laugh  at  the  method  of  allegory  by 
which  the  two  English  Deists  sought  to  quicken  into 
spiritual  meanings  the  letter  which  killeth  by  its 
absurdities.  Needless  to  relate,  this  saving  use  of 
allegory  did  not  avail  to  protect  Woolston  from  public 
insults,  prosecutions,  and  imprisonment.  He  was  twice 
attacked  by  zealots  in  front  of  his  house,  and  was  in 


THE  DEISTS  47 


the  King's  Bench  tried  before  a  jury  who  found  him 
guilty  of  blasphemy.  He  was  fined  a  hundred  pounds, 
and,  being  unable  to  pay,  he  went  to  prison  for  the 
last  four  years  of  his  life.  The  mere  titles  of  the  books 
written  to  answer  him  sufficiently  indicate  the  odium 
they  excited.  Here  are  two  of  these  titles  : — 

Tom  of  Bedlam's  short  letter  to  his  cozen  Tom  Wool- 
ston,  occasioned  by  his  late  discourses  on  the  miracles  of 
our  Saviour.  London,  1728. 

For  God  or  the  Devil,  or  just  chastisement  no  per 
secution,  being  the  Christian's  cry  to  the  legislature 
for  exemplary  punishment  of  publick  and  pernicious 
blasphemers,  particularly  that  wretch  Woolston,  who 
has  impudently  and  scurrilously  turned  the  miracles  of 
our  Saviour  into  ridicule.  London,  1728. 

The  question  remains  whether  Collins  and  Woolston 
were  sincere  in  their  advocacy  of  an  allegorical  inter 
pretation  of  the  Bible.  I  feel  sure  that  Collins  was, 
but  not  that  Woolston  was  so,  at  any  rate  in  his  latest 
works.  The  worst  of  them  were  dedicated  in  insulting 
terms  to  English  bishops  of  note,  whom  he  invariably 
characterised  as  hireling  priests  and  apostates.  For 
Whiston,  who  as  a  professed  Arian  was  hardly  less 
offensive  to  the  clergy  than  himself,  Woolston  ever 
retained  his  respect,  though,  like  Collins,  he  forfeited 
his  friendship.  On  the  whole,  there  is  much  to  be  said 
for  Leslie  Stephen's  verdict  that  the  study  of  Origen 
or  some  similar  cause  had  disordered  his  intellect.  In 
other  words,  he  was  a  religious  crank. 

However  this  be,  there  is  one  aspect  of  these  two 
Deists  which  escaped  their  contemporaries  and  all  who 
have  since  written  about  them.  It  is  this,  that  in 
dismissing  the  historical  reality  of  Christ's  miracles  in 
favour  of  an  exclusively  symbolic  interpretation  they 


48  THE  DEISTS 


exactly  took  up  the  attitude  of  the  medieval  Cathars, 
called  sometimes  Albigensians,  sometimes  Patarenes. 
Thus  in  an  old  imaginary  dialogue  of  the  twelfth  or 
thirteenth  century,  written  by  a  Catholic  ag-ainst  these 
heretics,  the  Catholic  asks  :  "  Why,  like  Christ  and  the 
Apostles,  do  you  not  work  visible  signs?"  And  the 
Patarene  answers  : — 

Even  yet  a  veil  is  drawn  in  your  hearts,  if  you  believe 
that  Christ  and  his  apostles  worked  visible  signs.  The 
letter  killeth,  but  the  spirit  quickeneth.  Ye  must  there 
fore  understand  things  in  a  spiritual  sense,  and  not 
imagine  that  Christ  caused  the  soul  of  Lazarus  to  return 
to  his  corpse  ;  but  only  that,  in  converting  him  to  his 
faith,  he  resuscitated  one  that  was  dead  as  a  sinner  is 
dead,  and  had  lain  four  days,  and  so  stunk  in  his 
desperate  state. 

These  curious  heretics,  the  descendants  of  Marcion 
and  Mani,  held  that,  as  matter  was  an  evil  creation, 
Christ,  a  spiritual  and  divine  being,  could  not  have 
wrought  material  miracles  ;  he  could  not  pollute  him 
self  by  contact  with  matter.  He  only  appeared  to  the 
eye  to  work  material  signs,  just  as  he  appeared  to  the 
eye  to  have  a  human  body,  though,  in  fact,  he  shared 
not  our  flesh  and  blood.  His  birth,  therefore,  no  less 
than  his  death  and  resurrection,  were  only  fantastic 
appearances,  and  not  real  events. 

It  is  strange  to  find  Woolston  reproducing  these 
earlier  forms  of  opinion.  Did  he  blunder  into  them  by 
himself,  or  did  he,  through  some  obscure  channel, 
inherit  them  ?  If  we  consider  that  these  medieval 
heretics  were  in  the  direct  pedigree  of  some  of  the 
Quaker  and  Anabaptist  sects  which  in  the  seventeenth 
century  swarmed  in  England,  Holland,  and  Germany, 
it  is  not  impossible  that  he  picked  up  the  idea  from 
some  of  his  contemporaries. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
THE  EVANGELISTS 

A  LEADIXG  writer  of  the  Latin  Church,  the  Rev.  Joseph 
Rickaby,  in  an  essay  on  "One  Lord  Jesus  Christ,"  in  a 
volume  entitled  Jesus  or  Christ,  London,  1909,  p.  139, 
has  written  as  follows  : — 

At  the  outset  of  the  argument  it  is  necessary  to  define 
my  controversial  position  in  reference  to  the  books  of  the 
New  Testament.  Never  have  documents  been  attacked 
with  greater  subtlety  and  vehemence  :  at  the  end  of 
forty  years'  fighting  they  have  emerged  in  the  main 
victorious  ;  their  essential  value  has  been  proved  as  it 
never  had  been  proved  before. 

That  Dr.  Rickaby  is  easily  pleased  will  be  seen  if  we 
consider  the  results  of  those  forty  years  of  criticism  as 
they  are  accepted  by  a  daily  increasing  number  of  clergy 
men  in  the  Roman,  Anglican,  and  Lutheran  Churches, 
and  also  by  many  Nonconformists.  In  the  first  place, 
the  gospel  called  "  according  to  Matthew  "  is  no  longer 
allowed  to  be  from  the  pen  of  that  Apostle.  Here 
again  we  may  select  Dean  Alford  as  a  fair  represen 
tative  of  educated  opinion  fifty  years  ago.  He  could 
then  write  of  the  passage  Matt.  viii.  2  foil.,  in  which 
the  cleansing  of  a  leper  by  Jesus  is  related,  as  follows  : — 
This  same  miracle  is  related  by  St.  Luke  (ch.  v.  12-14) 
without  any  mark  of  defmiteness,  either  as  to  time  or 

place The  plain  assertion  of  the  account  in  the  text 

requires  that  the  leper  should  have  met  our  Lord  on  his 
descent  from  the  mountain,  while  great  multitudes  were 

following  him I  conceive  it  highly  probable  that  St. 

49 


So  THE  EVANGELISTS 

Matthew  was  himself  a  hearer  of  the  sermon  (on  the 
mount),  and  one  of  those  who  followed  our  Lord  at  this 
time. 

And  again,  in  reference  to  the  passage  ix.  9,  where  the 
publican  called  by  Jesus  to  be  an  apostle  is  called 
Matthew,  in  contradiction  of  the  other  two  gospels, 
which  give  his  name  as  Levi,  Alford  could  write  that 
"it  is  probable  enough  that  Matthew,  in  his  own  gospel, 
would  mention  only  his  apostolic  name,"  and  that  "in 
this  case,  when  he  of  all  men  must  have  been  best 
informed,  his  own  account  is  the  least  precise  of  the 
three."  And  in  his  Prolegomena,  in  ch.  ii.,  he  begins 
the  section  upon  the  authorship  of  this  gospel  with  the 
words  : — 

The  author  of  this  gospel  has  been  universally  believed 
to  be  the  Apostle  Matthew.  With  this  belief  the  contents 
of  the  gospel  are  not  inconsistent,  and  we  find  it  current 
in  the  very  earliest  ages. 

Alford  also  believed  that  the  three  Synoptic  Gospels 
substantially  embody  the  testimony  the  Apostles  gave 
of  Christ's  ministry,  from  his  baptism  by  John  until 
his  ascension  ;  that  this  testimony  was  chiefly  collected 
from  the  oral  teaching  current  among  the  catechists  of 
the  Church,  but  in  part  from  written  documents  as  well 
which  reflected  the  teaching.  He  was  furthermore 
convinced  that  no  one  "of  the  three  evangelists  had 
access  to  either  of  the  other  two  gospels  in  its  present 
form."  He  was  loth  to  believe  that  Matthew,  an 
Apostle,  was  a  debtor  to  either  of  the  others,  not  only 
for  the  order  in  which  he  arranges  the  events  of  the 
ministry  of  Jesus,  but  also  for  great  blocks  of  his  texts. 
Yet  that  Matthew  was  so  indebted  to  Mark  is  an  axiom 
with  modern  orthodox  critics.  The  first  gospel  is 
universally  allowed  to-day  to  be  a  compilation  by  an 


THE  EVANGELISTS  s, 

unknown  writer  of  two  ulterior  documents — namely, 
Mark  and  the  non-Marcan  document  already  mentioned.1 
In  another  work,  Myth,  Magic,  and  Morals,  \  have 
advised  my  readers  to  take  a  red  pencil  and  underline 
in  the  Gospels  of  Matthew  and  Luke  all  the  phrases, 
sentences,  and  entire  narratives  which  agree  verbally 
with  Mark,  so  that  they  may  realise  for  themselves  how 
little  of  Mark  is  left  that  is  not  either  in  Matthew  or  in 
Luke.  Or,  conversely,  they  may  underline  in  Mark  all 
words  or  parts  of  words  that  are  found  in  the  other  two 
gospels.  In  the  latter  case  they  will  find  that  they 
have  underlined  almost  the  whole  of  Mark.  The  only 
explanation  is  that  both  the  others  used  Mark  ;  and 
accordingly  Dr.  Armitage  Robinson,  a  fairly  conser 
vative  critic,  writes  in  his  work  on  The  Study  of  the 
Gospels  as  follows  : — 

I  think  that  the  impression  gained  by  anyone  who  will 
take  the  trouble  to  do  what  I  have  suggested  (viz.,  under 
line  common  words,  etc.)  will  certainly  be  that  St.  Mark's 
Gospel  lay  before  the  other  two  evangelists,  and  that 
they  used  it  very  freely,  and  between  them  embodied 
almost  the  whole  of  it. 

Accordingly  Dr.  Robinson  boldly  asserts  (p.  101)  the 
first  gospel  to  be  the  work  of  an  unknown  writer,  and 
warns  his  readers  to  prefer  either  Luke  or  Mark  or  the 
reconstructed  non-Marcan  document  to  Matthew  : — 

From  the  historical  point  of  view  he  cannot  feel  a  like 

certainty  in    dealing   with    statements   which   are  only 

attested  by  the  unknown  writer  of  the  first  gospel. 

Here,  then,  we  see  a  gospel  that  had  all  the  prestige 

of  apostolic  authorship,  and  the  only  one  of  the  synoptics 

that   had   that   prestige,    debased   to   the   level   of  an 

anonymous  compilation,  of  less  value  for  the  historian 

1  Page  19. 


52  THE  EVANGELISTS 

than  either  of  the  other  two.  The  one  synoptic  evan 
gelist  on  whom  Alford  thought  he  could  depend,  just 
because  he  had  seen  things  with  his  own  eyes,  turns 
out  to  be  no  apostle  at  all,  but  an  anonymous  copyist. 
Will  Father  Rickaby,  in  the  face  of  such  facts,  continue 
to  assert,  of  the  first  gospel  at  all  events,  that  "its 
essential  value  has  been  proved  as  it  never  had  been 
proved  before  "? 

And  in  this  connection  it  is  instructive  to  note  how 
the  same  hypothesis — viz.,  of  Matthew's  (and  Luke's) 
dependence  on  Mark,  and  of  Mark's  priority — is  regarded 
by  two  Anglican  deans,  respectively  before  and  after  its 
acceptance.  A  certain  Mr.  Smith,  of  Jordanhill,  in  a 
Dissertation  on  the  Origin  and  Connection  of  the  Gospels 
(Edinburgh,  1853),  to  which  I  shall  return  later,  argued 
that  oral  tradition  was  not  adequate  to  explain  the 
identities  of  word  and  narrative  which  pervade  the 
Synoptic  Gospels  ;  and  he  brought  to  a  test  the  argu 
ments  on  which  the  hypothesis  of  an  oral  tradition  and 
narrative  underlying  them  was  based.  That  argument 
may  fitly  be  given  in  the  very  words  of  Dean  Alford, 
who  believed  in  it.  They  are  these  (Prolegomena, 
ch.  i.,§3,  6):— 

While  they  (the  Apostles)  were  principally  together, 
and  instructing  the  converts  at  Jerusalem,  such  narrative 
would  naturally  beforthe  most  part  the  same,  and  expressed 
in  the  same,  or  nearly  the  same,  words  :  coincident,  how 
ever,  not  from  design  or  rule,  but  because  the  things  them 
selves  were  the  same  ;  and  the  teaching  naturally  fell  for 
the  most  part  into  one  form. 

Mr.  Smith  brought  this  argument  to  the  test  of  experi 
ence  by  an  examination  of  how  far  and  why  modern 
historians  like  Suchet,  Alison,  and  Napier,  narrating 
the  same  events,  can  approximate  to  one  another.  He 


THE  EVANGELISTS  53 

proved  that  they  only  agree  verbally,  as  the  Synoptic 
Gospels  agree,  where  they  copied  either  one  the  other 
or  all  common  documents,  and  that  where  they  did  not 
so  copy  they  did  not  agree. 

"  Reasons  could  be  assigned,"  answers  Dean  Alford, 
"  for  the  adoption  or  rejection  by  the  posterior  writer  of 
the  words  and  clauses  of  the  prior  one."  "Let  the 
student,"  he  continues,  "  attempt  such  a  rationale  of 
any  narrative  common  to  the  three  gospels,  on  any 
hypothesis  of  priority,  and  he  will  at  once  perceive  its 
impracticability.  If  Matthew,  Mark,  and  Luke  are  to 
be  judged  by  the  analogy  of  Suchet,  Alison,  and  Napier, 
the  inference  must  be  that,  whereas  the  historians  were 
intelligent  men,  acting  by  the  rules  of  mental  associa 
tion  and  selection,  the  evangelists  were  mere  victims  of 
caprice,  and  such  caprice  as  is  hardly  consistent  with 
the  possession  of  a  sound  mind." 

This  argument  is  unaffected  by  the  circumstance  that 
Matthew  and  Luke  both  copied  Mark,  instead  of  all 
three  having  (as  was  supposed  by  Mr.  Smith)  copied 
common,  but  now  vanished,  ulterior  documents.  What 
I  desire  to  set  on  record  is  the  condemnation  Dean 
Alford  is  ready  to  mete  out  to  Matthew  and  Luke  in 
case  they  be  proved  to  owe  their  mutual  approxima 
tions,  not  to  a  common  oral  tradition,  but  to  common 
documents.  According  to  the  present  Dean  of  West 
minster,  that  case  was  the  real  one.  Dean  Alford  then, 
who  was  no  mean  scholar  and  exegete,  admitted  by 
anticipation  that  the  first  and  third  evangelists  displayed 
an  almost  insane  caprice  in  the  handling  of  their  sources. 
In  adopting  here  and  rejecting  there  the  words  and 
clauses  of  their  sources  they  obeyed  no  rules  of  mental 
association  or  selection.  In  fine,  Dean  Alford,  were 
he  alive  to-day,  would  have  to  condemn  Matthew  and 


54  THE  EVANGELISTS 

Luke  for  the  arbitrariness  of  their  methods  of  compila 
tion,  in  which  he  would  discern  no  rhyme  or  reason. 
What,  then,  becomes  of  Dr.  Rickaby's  boast  that  after 
forty  years'  fighting  his  documents  have  emerged  in 
the  main  victorious  ? 

With  Alford's  judgment,  however,  let  us  contrast  that 
of  Dean  Robinson,  who,  I  believe,  has  always  rejected 
that  hypothesis  of  a  common  oral  source,  in  which,  like 
Alford,  his  master,  Dr.  Westcott  acquiesced.  He  tells 
us  that  he  entertained  for  a  time  the  hypothesis  of  the 
use  by  all  three  evangelists  of  a  common  document, 
but  finally  dismissed  it  as  "cumbersome  and  unneces 
sary,  and  adopted  the  view  that  the  first  and  third 
embodied  St.  Mark  in  their  respective  gospels."1  As 
to  this  "embodiment  of  St.  Mark  by  the  two  subse 
quent  writers,"  he  holds  that  "  it  is  not  a  slavish 
copying,  but  an  intelligent  and  discriminating  appro 
priation." 

For  myself,  I  am  of  opinion  that  the  truth  lies 
between  Dean  Alford  and  Dean  Robinson.  Matthew 
and  Luke  are  indeed  capricious  in  what  they  reject  and 
what  they  adopt  of  Mark,  but  their  caprice  cannot  be 
stigmatised  as  insane.  It  is  only  what  we  might 
expect  of  compilers  who,  living  in  uncritical  and 
uncultivated  circles,  had  no  idea  of  using  their  sources 
in  the  careful  and  scrupulous  manner  in  which  a 
scientific  historian  of  to-day  would  use  them.  Mark 
did  not  reach  their  hands  as  a  canonical  Scripture 
invested  with  authority  ;  and  in  the  view  of  one  of 
them,  Matthew,  it  was  much  more  important  that  the 
events  of  Jesus's  life  should  coincide  with  certain 
Messianic  prophecies  (as  they  were  held  to  be)  of  the 

*  See  The  Study  of  the  Gospels,  p.  28. 


I>K.  WESTCOTT. 


56  THE  EVANGELISTS 

Old  Testament  than  with  the  narrative  of  Mark.  For 
several  years  I  have  occupied  my  spare  time  in  com 
paring  together  and  sifting  the  narratives  of  the  lives 
and  martyrdoms  of  the  Saints  of  the  Church  collected 
by  the  Jesuits  in  their  vast  series  of  volumes  called  the 
Acta  Sanctorum.  In  these  we  can  often  trace  the 
fortunes  of  an  originally  simple,  naive,  and  veracious 
narrative.  Later  hagiologists,  intent  on  edification, 
pad  out  this  narrative  with  commonplace  miracles, 
stuff  their  own  vulgar  exhortations  and  admonitions  in 
the  mouths  of  the  original  actors,  eliminate  all  local 
colour,  and  bowdlerise  the  text  to  suit  a  later  stage  of 
dogmatic  development.  Compared  with  such  writers, 
it  seems  to  me  that  Matthew  and  Luke  treated  the 
probably  anonymous  doctrines  to  which  they  owed 
their  knowledge  of  Jesus  with  singular  sobriety  and 
self-restraint.  We  have  only  to  compare  either  of 
them  with  the  fourth  Gospel  to  realise  how  much  the 
art  of  portraying  Jesus  could  decline  in  the  course  of 
little  more  than  a  generation. 

Both  Matthew  and  Luke  had  conceptions  of  the 
character  and  role  of  Jesus  based  partly  on  reflections 
of  their  own,  partly  on  the  growing  prophetic  gnosis  of 
the  age,  in  obedience  to  which  they  remodelled  Mark's 
narrative.  Dean  Robinson  (in  the  work  above  men 
tioned)  remarks  that  in  Mark  the  emotions  of  anger, 
compassion,  complacence,  are  each  recorded  of  Jesus 
three  times  ;  grief,  agony,  surprise,  vehemence,  each 
once.  "  Of  actions,"  he  continues,  "  we  have  '  looking 
around  '  five  times,  *  looking  upon  '  twice,  *  looking  up  ' 
once,  'turning'  thrice,  'groaning'  twice,  'embracing 
in  the  arms  '  twice,  '  falling  down  '  once.  Now,  in  the 
parallel  passages  of  Matthew  and  Luke,  we  find,"  he 
says,  "  that  all  the  more  painful  emotions  disappear, 


THE  EVANGELISTS  57 

with  one  exception  (agony).  Anger,  grief,  groaning, 
vehemence,  are  gone  ;  compassion  remains  twice  in  St. 
Matthew,  complacence  (if  it  may  be  so  termed)  once  in 
both." 

Nor  is  it  only  in  respect  of  Jesus  that  these 
"  picturesque  details  "  disappear.  The  figures  of  the 
disciples  are  purged  in  the  same  manner  of  human 
emotions.  "  Perplexity  (five  times),  amazement  (four), 
fear  (four),  anger  (once),  hardness  of  heart  (once), 
drowsiness  (once),  are  all  recorded  with  more  or  less 
frequency  in  St.  Mark.  But  in  the  other  evangelists 
we  find  the  same  tendency  to  eliminate  as  before."  It 
is  very  improbable  that  these  later  evangelists  had  an 
earlier  copy  of  Mark  from  which  these  human  traits  in 
the  portraiture  of  Jesus  and  his  apostles  were  absent, 
waiting  for  the  hand  of  a  humanising  editor  to  fill  them 
in.  Dean  Robinson's  explanation  is  much  more  likely, 
that  this  suppression  of  emotional  attributes  in  the 
persona  dramatis  was  "  the  result  of  a  kind  of  reverence 
which  belonged  to  a  slightly  later  stage  of  reflection, 
when  certain  traits  might  even  seem  to  be  derogatory 
to  the  dignity  of  the  sacred  character  of  Christ  and  his 
apostles." 

On  the  other  hand,  as  Dean  Robinson  subtly  remarks, 
the  wonderment  of  the  multitudes  at  the  miracles  of 
Jesus,  already  emphasised  in  Mark,  is  still  further 
exaggerated  in  the  later  evangelists  ;  and,  as  for  the 
adversaries  of  Jesus,  "  we  even  seem  to  discover  a 
general  tendency  both  in  St.  Matthew  and  in  St.  Luke 
to  expand  and  emphasise  the  notices  of  their  hostility." 

This  is  the  best  sort  of  literary  criticism,  and  it  really 
marks  an  epoch  in  the  history  of  the  Christian  religion 
in  England  when  a  Dean  of  Westminster  can  deliver 
it  from  his  pulpit  and  publish  it  in  a  book.  The  only 


58  THE  EVANGELISTS 

question  is  how  far  it  tallies  with  his  assertion  that  the 
two  subsequent  writers  were  intelligent  and  discrimi 
nating  in  their  appropriation  of  Mark's  narrative. 
Does  it  not  rather  show  how  swiftly  the  process  was 
in  progress  of  dehumanising  Jesus,  of  converting  him 
from  a  man  of  flesh  and  blood  into  a  god,  gifted  with 
the  ataraxia  or  exemption  from  human  emotions  proper 
to  the  Stoic  ideal  sage  and  king?  This  development 
culminates  in  the  fourth  Gospel.  Pass  from  the  de 
feated  and  tarnished,  peevish  and  vindictive,  prisoner 
of  Elba  to  the  majestic  hero  enthroned  amid  silence 
and  awe  in  the  spacious  temple  of  the  Invalides,  and 
you  feel  that,  mutatis  mutandis,  the  cult  of  Napoleon 
between  the  years  1815  and  1850  presents  a  certain 
analogy  with  the  deification  of  Jesus  between  the  years 
A.D.  70  and  120. 

Thus  the  early  tradition  that  Matthew,  as  for  sake  of 
brevity  I  designate  the  first  Gospel,  was  the  work  of  an 
apostle  and  eye-witness  has  been  definitely  given  up. 
It  is  possible  that  there  may  have  been  some  truth  in 
the  tradition  preserved  by  Papias  about  A.D.  120-140 
that  Matthew  "  composed  the  logia  or  oracles  of  the 
Lord  in  the  Hebrew  tongue — i.e.,  in  the  Aramaic  of 
Palestine,  and  that  various  people  subsequently  ren 
dered  these  logia  into  Greek  as  best  they  could.  Here 
we  seem  to  get  our  only  glimpse  at  the  pre-Greek  stage 
of  the  evangelical  tradition,  but  we  shall  never  know 
whether  the  word  logia  here  used  by  Papias  signified  a 
collection  of  sayings  or  of  narratives,  or  of  both  together. 
Many  scholars  to-day  believe  that  Matthew's  Hebrew 
logia  were  a  selection  of  prophecies  of  Jesus  Christ  culled 
from  the  Old  Testament.  In  any  case,  our  first  Gospel  is 
no  translation  of  the  document  attested  by  Papias  ;  for, 
as  Dean  Robinson  remarks,  "our  St.  Matthew  is 


THE  EVANGELISTS  59 

demonstrably  composed  in  the  main  out  of  two  Greek 
books,"  so  that  we  must  "conclude  either  that  Papias 
made  a  mistake  in  saying  that  St.  Matthew  wrote  in 
Hebrew,  or  that  if  he  wrote  in  Hebrew  his  work  has 
perished  without  leaving  a  trace  behind  it."  There  is 
furthermore  a  statement  in  Irenaeus  (about  170-180)  to 
the  effect  that  Matthew  published  his  Gospel  among 
the  Jews  in  his  own  tongue  at  the  time  that  Peter  and 
Paul  were  preaching  the  Gospel  in  Rome  and  founding 
the  Church.  This  statement  seems  to  be  independent 
of  that  of  Papias,  as  most  certainly  is  the  story  related 
by  Eusebius  of  Pantaenus,  the  catechist  of  Alexandria, 
and  teacher  of  Clement  and  Origen.  The  story  runs 
that  about  the  year  180  Pantaenus  visited  India  and 
found  the  natives  using  a  Gospel  of  Matthew  written  in 
Hebrew,  which  Bartholomew  the  Apostle  had  conveyed 
to  them.  Origen  and  Eusebius  equally  believed  that 
our  Matthew  was  the  work  of  the  apostle,  originally 
composed  in  Hebrew. 

It  surely  denotes  a  great  change,  almost  amounting 
to  a  revolution,  when  so  ancient  and  well-attested  a 
tradition  as  that  which  assigned  the  first  Gospel  to  the 
apostle  Matthew  is  set  aside  by  leaders  of  the  English 
clergy  ;  before  long  they  must  with  equal  candour 
abandon  the  yet  more  impossible  tradition  that  the 
fourth  Gospel  was  written  by  an  apostle  and  eye 
witness,  John,  the  son  of  Zebedee,  who  in  the  Epistle 
to  the  Galatians  is  presented  to  us  by  Paul  as  a  Judaizer 
and  an  ally  of  James,  the  brother  of  Jesus.  The 
tradition  that  this  apostle  wrote  this  Gospel  is  hardly  so 
well  authenticated  as  that  which  attested  the  apostolic 
origin  of  the  first  Gospel.  It  merely  amounts  to  this, 
that  as  a  child  Irenaeus  had  heard  Polycarp,  who  died 
about  A.D.  155,  speak  of  John  the  Apostle.  But  he 


6o  THE  EVANGELISTS 

does  not  assert  that  Polycarp  attributed  the  Gospel  to 
the  apostle,  nor  is  the  occurrence  in  a  surviving-  letter 
of  Polycarp  to  the  Philippians  of  a  phrase  from  the  first 
Epistle  of  John  proof  that  Polycarp  either  knew  of  the 
Gospel,  or,  if  he  knew  of  it,  that  he  ascribed  it  to  John 
any  more  than  he  does  the  epistle.  It  is,  moreover, 
practically  certain  that  the  John  of  whom  Irenaeus  in  his 
boyhood  heard  Polycarp  speak  was  not  the  apostle  but 
the  Presbyter  John ;  for  Irenaeus  reports  that  Papias,  like 
Polycarp,  was  a  disciple  of  this  John,  whereas  Papias, 
according  to  the  testimony  of  Eusebius,  who  had  his 
works  in  his  library,  learned  not  from  John  the  Apostle 
but  from  John  the  Presbyter  much  of  what  he  recorded 
in  the  five  books  of  his  lost  Diegeseis,  or  narratives. 
Irenaeus,  therefore,  confused  the  two  Johns.  The 
external  evidence  of  the  existence  of  this  Gospel  is  no 
doubt  early  and  ample,  but  it  is  chiefly  found  among 
heretical  and  gnostic  sects,  like  the  Ophites,  Perateans, 
Basilidians,  and  Valentinians  ;  and  one  of  the  latter, 
Heracleon,  wrote  a  commentary  on  it.  The  attribution 
to  the  Apostle  John  was  probably  made  by  some  of 
these  sects,  just  as  the  Basilidians  affected  to  have 
among  them  a  Gospel  of  Mathew,  and  as  in  other 
circles  the  so-called  Gospel  of  Peter  was  attributed  to 
St.  Peter  and  read  aloud  in  church  as  an  authentic  work 
of  that  Apostle.  If  the  fourth  Gospel  took  its  origin 
from  gnostic  circles,  we  can  quite  well  understand  why 
there  existed  so  early  in  the  orthodox  Church  of  Asia 
such  strong  prejudice  against  it. 

It  is  not  long  ago  that  Canon  Liddon  declared  in  his 
Bampton  Lectures  (1866)  that 

If  the  Book  of  Daniel  has  been  recently  described  as 
the  battlefield  of  the  Old  Testament,  it  is  not  less  true 
that  St.  John's  Gospel  is  the  battlefield  of  the  New.  It 


THE  EVANGELISTS  61 

is  well  understood  on  all  sides  that  no  question  of  mere 
dilettante  criticism  is  at  stake  when  the  authenticity  of 

St.  John's  Gospel  is  challenged For  St.  John's  Gospel 

is  the  most  conspicuous  written  attestation  to  the  God 
head  of  Him  whose  claims  upon  mankind  can  hardly 
be  surveyed  without  passion,  whether  it  be  the  passion 
of  adoring  love  or  the  passion  of  vehement  and  deter 
mined  enmity. 

Nevertheless,  among  the  best  educated  Anglicans 
there  is  a  tendency  to  give  up  the  fourth  Gospel.  In 
the  work  on  the  study  of  the  Gospels  already  com 
mended1  Dean  Robinson  devotes  two  luminous  chapters 
to  the  problem  of  its  age  and  authorship.  Though  he 
inclines  to  accept  it  as  a  work  written  by  the  apostle  in 
extreme  old  age,  he  is  nevertheless  not  without 
sympathy  for  those  who  reject  the  orthodox  tradition. 
"  There  are,"  he  writes  (p.  128),  "  many  who  are  heartily 
devoted  to  that  central  truth  [i.e.,  of  the  divinity  of 
Christ],  but  yet  cannot  easily  persuade  themselves  that 
the  fourth  Gospel  offers  them  history  quite  in  the  sense 
that  the  other  Gospels  do,  cannot  think  that  Christ 
spoke  exactly  as  He  is  here  represented  as  speaking, 
and  consequently  cannot  feel  assured  that  this  is  the 
record  of  an  eye-witness,  or,  in  other  words,  the  writing 
of  the  apostle  St.  John." 

It  is  worth  while  to  cite  some  of  the  phrases  in 
which  Dr.  Robinson  describes  the  impression  made  by 
the  first  chapter  of  this  Gospel  (without  going  any 
further)  on  the  mind  of  one  who  has  steeped  himself  in 
the  study  of  the  three  Synoptic  Gospels  : — 

How  remote  do  these  theological  statements  (in  the 
prologue  of  the  fourth  Gospel)  appear  from  a  Gospel 
narrative  of  the  life  of  Christ,  such  as  the  three  which  we 
have  been  hitherto  studying 

1  See  pp.  54  foil. 

E   2 


62  THE  EVANGELISTS 

Our  surprise  is  not  lessened  as  we  read  on.  Great 
abstract  conceptions  are  presented  in  rapid  succession  : 
life,  light,  witness,  flesh,  glory,  grace,  truth. 

Of  the  references  to  John  the  Baptist  in  chap.  i.  : — 

We  are  back  on  the  earth  indeed  ;  but  the  scene  is 
unfamiliar  and  the  voices  are  strange.  We  hear  not  a 
word  of  John's  preaching  of  repentance,  or  even  of  his 
baptism.  This  is  no  comment  on  the  facts  we  know  :  it 
is  a  new  story  altogether 

If  a  wholly  new  story  of  the  beginnings  of  discipleship 
is  offered  us,  this  is  not  more  startling  than  the  wholly 
new  story  of  John's  disclaimer  of  Messiahship 

Here,  then,  is  a  fair  sample  of  the  difficulty  which  this 
Gospel  from  beginning  to  end  presents  to  those  who 
come  to  it  fresh  from  the  study  of  the  Synoptic  narratives. 
The  whole  atmosphere  seems  different 

Not  only  do  the  old  characters  appear  in  new  situations 
—the  scene,  for  example,  being  laid  mostly  in  Jerusalem 
instead  of  Galilee— but  the  utterances  of  all  the  speakers 
seem  to  bear  another  impress 

At  times  it  is  not  possible  to  say  whether  the  Lord 
Himself  is  speaking,  or  whether  the  evangelist  is  com 
menting  on  what  He  has  said.  The  style  and  diction  of 
speaker  and  narrator  are  indistinguishable,  and  they  are 
notably  different  from  the  manner  in  which  Christ  speaks 
in  the  Synoptic  Gospels 

I  do  not  myself  see  how  a  controversy  of  this  kind  can 
be  closed.  The  contrast  of  which  we  have  spoken 
cannot  be  removed ;  it  is  heightened  rather  than 
diminished  as  we  follow  it  into  details 

Dean  Robinson  accepts,  then,  the  tradition  of 
apostolic  authorship,  but  hardly  on  terms  which  leave 
to  the  Gospel  more  value  as  a  record  of  the  historical 
Jesus  than  the  dialogues  of  Plato  possess  as  a  record  of 
the  historic  Socrates.  "It  is,"  he  avers,  "not  history 
in  the  lower  sense  of  a  contemporary  narrative  of  events 


THE  EVANGELISTS  63 

as  they  appeared  to  the  youthful  onlooker  :  not  an 
exact  reproduction  of  the  very  words  spoken  by  Christ 
or  to  Christ." 

And  below  he  pictures  the  author  of  this  Gospel  as : — 
An  old  man,  disciplined  by  long  labour  and  suffering, 
surrounded  by  devoted  scholars,  recording  before  he 
passes  from  them  his  final  conception  of  the  life  of  the 
Christ,  as  he  looked  back  upon  it  in  the  light  of  fifty 
years  of  Christian  experience.  To  expect  that  after  such 
an  interval  his  memory  would  reproduce  the  past  with 
the  exactness  of  despatches  written  at  the  time  would  be 
to  postulate  a  miraculous  interference  with  the  ordinary 
laws  which  govern  human  memories. 

The  Christ  is  no  longer  **  known  after  the  flesh  ":  the 
old  limitations  once  transcended  cannot  be  reimposed. 
A  glorious  vision  results.  A  drama  is  enacted  in  which 
every  incident  tells,  or  it  would  net  be  there.  The  record 
moves  not  on  the  lines  of  the  ordinary  succession  01 
events  so  much  as  on  a  pathway  of  ideas. 

And  once  more  he  says  of  the  author  : — 

He  can  no  longer  sever  between  the  fact  and  the  truth 
revealed  by  the  fact  :  interpretation  is  blended  with 
event.  He  knows  that  he  has  the  mind  of  Christ.  He 
will  say  what  he  now  sees  in  the  light  of  a  life  of 
discipleship. 

For  seventeen  hundred  years  the  theology  which  lifts 
Jesus  of  Nazareth  out  of  and  above  human  history, 
transforms  him  into  the  Word  of  God,  which  triumphed 
at  Nicea  and  inspired  Athanasius,  was  based  on  this 
fourth  Gospel  more  than  on  any  other  book  of  the  New 
Testament.  From  it  as  from  an  armoury  the  partisans 
of  the  divinity  of  Jesus  Christ,  as  the  Church  has 
understood  and  formulated  that  tenet  in  its  creeds  and 
councils,  have  constantly  drawn  their  weapons.  It  now 
at  last  appears,  by  the  admission  of  Dean  Robinson,  that 


64  THE  EVANGELISTS 

this  entire  theological  fabric  was  woven  in  the  mind  of 
an  apostle  meditating  in  extreme  old  age  on  the  half- 
forgotten  scenes  and  conversations  of  his  youth.  Such 
is  the  best  case  which  can  be  made  out  for  orthodox 
theology.  We  are  left  with  the  roofless  ruins  of  the 
stately  edifice  which  sheltered  the  orthodox  doctors  of 
the  past.  And  even  these  ruins  totter  and  seem  to 
endanger  the  lives  of  the  shivering,  half-naked  figures 
who  seek  a  precarious  shelter  among  them.  Professor 
Sanday,  who  not  long  ago  tried  to  save  the  apostolic 
authorship  of  the  fourth  Gospel  by  arguing  that  no  one 
but  an  apostle  would  have  ventured  to  handle  with  so 
much  freedom  the  life  and  conversations  of  his  Master, 
in  his  latest  book  gives  signs  of  abandoning  altogether 
the  attribution  to  the  son  of  Zebedee.  The  impression 
that  Dean  Robinson's  pages  leave  on  one's  mind  is  that 
a  real  follower  of  Jesus  could  never  have  written  such  a 
gospel,  though  he  himself  scruples  to  draw  the  conclu 
sion  which  his  premisses  warrant. 


CHAPTER  V. 
TEXTUAL  CRITICISM 

THE  task  of  ascertaining  the  true  text  of  a  classical 
author,  of  Virgil  or  Tacitus,  of  Euripides  or  Lysias,  is 
far  simpler  and  less  perplexed  with  problems  than  that 
of  ascertaining-  the  true  text  of  an  evangelist,  or  of 
any  other  New  Testament  writing.  In  the  case  of 
profane  writers,  we  have  merely  to  collate  the  manu 
scripts,  to  appraise  their  dates,  to  ascertain  their  mutual 
affinities,  to  draw  out,  if  there  be  enough  material,  their 
genealogy,  and  discover  which  copies  embody  the  oldest 
tradition  ;  to  detect  and  exclude  the  mechanical  errors, 
the  slips  of  the  pen,  of  the  scribe  ;  to  restore  from  the 
work  of  one  copyist  passages  over  which,  because  they 
began  and  ended  with  the  same  word  or  words,  the  eye 
of  another  copyist  has  glided,  leaving  a  lacuna  in  his 
text.  When  all  this  is  done  there  is  room  for  con 
jectural  emendators,  the  Persons,  Bentleys,  Jebbs, 
Hermanns,  to  begin  and  exercise  their  ingenuity  on 
passages  that  are  evidently  corrupt. 

None  of  this  labour  can  we  spare  ourselves  in  the 
case  of  a  sacred  text,  so-called  ;  but  much  more  awaits 
us  besides.  The  profane  author's  work  has  never  been 
the  battle-ground  of  rival  sects  and  creeds.  No  one 
ever  asked  Plato  or  Demosthenes  to  decide  whether  the 
miracle  of  the  miraculous  conception  and  birth  really 
happened,  whether  God  is  a  Trinity  or  no.  They  are 
no  arbiters  of  orthodoxy,  and  carry  no  weight  in  the 
question  of  whether  Mary  was  the  mother  of  God  or 

65 


66  TEXTUAL  CRITICISM 

not,  or  whether  the  Son  is  consubstantial  with  the 
ather.  It  has  been  far  otherwise  with  the  Gospels  and 
the  rest  of  the  New  Testament  ever  since  about  the 
year  200.  Until  then  Christians  were  so  much  pos 
sessed  with  the  dream  of  the  impending-  dissolution  of 
all  existing-  societies  and  institutions  to  make  way  for 
their  own  millennium,  that  they  paid  small  attention  to 
their  scanty  records  of  the  earthly  Christ,  except 
so  far  as  they  were  useful  to  confound  their  Jewish 
antagonists.  Authority  among-  them  attached  not  to 
written  documents,  nor  to  priests  and  bishops,  but  to 
itinerant  prophets,  catechists,  and  ascetics.  The  com 
position  of  the  Diatessaron,1  about  180,  was  in  itself 
no  indication  of  excessive  respect  for  the  four  Gospels 
conflated  or  fused  together,  but  not  harmonised,  therein. 
If  there  had  already  then  existed  the  same  superstitious 
veneration  for  the  four  as  was  felt  a  hundred  years 
later,  Tatian  would  not  have  been  permitted  to  make 
such  a  compilation  of  them,  nor  in  Syria  would  his 
compilation  have  been  accepted  instead  of  the  documents 
themselves  as  a  manual  to  be  publicly  read  in  church. 
Probably  at  that  time  the  individual  Gospels  were 
valued  only  as  the  Gospel  of  Mark  and  the  non-Marcan 
document  were  valued  by  those  who  fused  them 
together  in  our  first  and  third  Gospels  ;  and  few  would 
have  found  fault  with  Tatian  if  he  had  re-arranged, 
curtailed,  and  otherwise  modified  his  material  on  the 
same  scale  as  these  evangelists  did  theirs.  The  emer 
gence  of  the  several  Gospels  and  their  recognition  about 
the  year  200,  alongside  of  the  Old  Testament,  as  autho 
ritative  Scriptures,  unalterable  and  not  to  be  added  to, 

1  So  called  because  it  was  a  single  Gospel  produced  by  fusing 
together  the  four  which  still  survive. 


TEXTUAL  CRITICISM  67 

was  the  result  of  a  gradual  process  ;  but  the  recog 
nition,  once  effected,  was  all  the  more  complete  and 
absolute  for  having  been  so  gradual.  Probably  when 
Irenaeus,  A.D.  180-200,  pleaded  that  there  could  be  only 
these  four  Gospels  because  there  were  only  four  winds, 
he  was  arguing  against  people  who  actually  used  other 
Gospels  like  that  according  to  Peter  and  according  to 
the  Egyptians,  and  who  regarded  them,  too,  as  sacred 
documents.  From  the  little  we  know  of  these  outside 
Gospels  the  Church  did  well  to  exclude  them  from  its 
canon. 

But  to  canonise  a  document  is  to  expose  it  to  many 
dangers,  for  everyone  wants  to  have  it  on  their  side. 
Luckily  the  great  controversies  of  the  Church  began 
in  the  third  century  only,  when  the  Gospel  text  was 
already  too  well  fixed  and  settled  for  partisans  to 
interfere  with  it  on  the  large  scale  on  which  Marcion 
tampered  with  Luke.  Nevertheless,  there  are  signs 
that  it  was  in  details  changed  to  suit  new  develop 
ments  of  doctrine,  even  at  a  very  early  period  ;  and  in 
my  volume,  Myth,  Magic,  and  Morals,  I  have  given 
several  examples  of  such  doctrinal  alterations  of  the 
text.  Of  these  examples  one  was  the  story  of  the  rich 
youth  who  aspired  to  become  a  disciple.  It  is  read  in 
Matt.  xix.  16,  Mark  x.  17,  Lukexviii.  18.  Dr.  Salmon, 
of  Dublin,  availed  himself  of  this  passage  in  order  to 
show  "how  close  is  the  connection  between  the 
criticism  of  the  Gospel  text  and  theories  concerning  the 
genesis  of  the  Gospels."1  We  can  seldom  estimate  the 
originality  and  value  of  rival  variants  found  in  one 
Gospel  without  considering  what  is  read  in  the  other 
two,  supposing  these  to  contain  parallel  versions  of  a 

1  George  Salmon,  Some  Criticism  of  the  Text  of  the  New  Testa 
ment ;  London,  1897;  p.  117. 


68  TEXTUAL  CRITICISM 


saying-  or  incident.  It  is,  for  example,  no  use  to  argue, 
as  did  the  Cambridge  editors,  Westcott  and  Hort  (who 
shaped  the  Revised  Version's  text),  that  for  Matthew 
the  MSS.  Aleph.  B.D.L.,  on  the  whole,  give  the  sound 
and  true  tradition,  and  that  their  reading-  is,  therefore, 
to  be  preferred  in  the  passage  in  question.  The  other 
two  Gospel  texts,  especially  if  looked  at  in  the  light  of 
the  modern  theory  of  the  interrelations  of  the  three 
synoptics,  assure  us  that  those  MSS.  here  contain  what 
we  may  term  an  orthodox  corruption. 

The  critic  I  have  just  quoted,  the  late  Dr.  Salmon, 
whose  kindness  to  myself  when  I  was  a  youthful 
scholar  I  shall  not  soon  forget,  expresses  in  the  same 
context  his  conviction  that  the  work  of  Westcott  and 
Hort  suffered  much  from  their  want  of  interest  in  the 
problem  of  the  genesis  of  the  Gospels.  Westcott,  in 
particular,  seems  never  to  have  abandoned  the  very 
inadequate  view  which  he  propounded  in  1860  in  his 
Introduction  to  the  Study  of  the  Gospels,  that  their  points 
of  agreement  and  disagreement  are  to  be  explained 
from  oral  tradition  alone.  There  was,  he  argues,  a 
body  of  oral  tradition  existing-  and  passing  from  teacher 
to  taught  in  both  an  Aramaic  and  a  Greek  form.  Mark 
wrote  down  the  Greek  tradition  in  its  earliest  form, 
then  Luke  wrote  it  down  in  a  developed  form,  and  the 
Greek  Matthew  wrote  down  the  later  Hebraic  re 
moulding  of  the  tradition  ;  but  no  common  document 
underlay  either  all  three  or  any  two  of  them.  He 
admitted  indeed  that  "  No  one  at  present  [A.D.  1860] 
would  maintain  with  some  of  the  older  scholars  of  the 
Reformation  that  the  coincidences  between  the  Gospels 
are  due  simply  to  the  direct  and  independent  action  of 
the  same  Spirit  upon  the  several  writers."  In  other 
words,  the  common  element  in  these  Gospels  was  not 


TEXTUAL  CRITICISM  69 

the  Holy  Spirit.  Yet  that  it  might  just  as  well  be 
the  Holy  Spirit  as  a  merely  oral  tradition  will,  I  believe, 
be  plain  to  anyone  who  reflects  how  impossible  it  is 
that  three  independent  writers  should  remember  a  long 
and  complicated  body  of  incident  and  teaching  in  the 
same  way,  and  transfer  it  to  paper,  page  after  page,  in 
almost  identical  words. 

I  will  conclude  this  chapter  by  glancing  at  some 
famous  orthodox  corruptions,  the  history  of  which,  as  a 
lesson  in  the  psychology  of  obstinacy,  is  hardly  less 
instructive  than  the  story  of  Dr.  Bode's  bust  of 
Leonardo  da  Vinci's  Flora. 

In  the  First  Epistle  of  John,  chap,  v.,  vs.  7,  most  but 
not  all  copies  of  the  Latin  Bible,  called  the  Vulgate, 
read  as  follows  : — 

For  there  are  three  who  bear  witness  in  heaven:  the 
Father,  the  Word,  and  the  Holy  Spirit;  and  these  three  are 
one.  And  there  are  three  that  bear  witness  on  earth  : 
the  Spirit  and  the  water  and  the  blood  :  and  these  three 
are  one. 

In  the  first  printed  edition  of  the  New  Testament, 
called  the  Complutensian,  prepared  at  Alcala  in  Spain 
in  1514  by  Cardinal  Francis  Ximenes,  the  words  here 
italicised  were  included,  having  been  translated  from 
the  Latin  text  into  Greek  ;  for  the  Greek  MSS.  used 
did  not  contain  them.  They  are  only  found  in  two 
Greek  MSS.,  one  of  the  fifteenth  the  other  of  the  six 
teenth  century.  About  400  other  Greek  codices  from 
the  fourth  century  down  to  the  fourteenth  ignore  them. 
All  MSS.  of  the  old  Latin  version  anterior  to  Jerome 
lack  them,  and  in  the  oldest  copies  even, of  Jerome's 
recension  of  the  Latin  text,  called  the  Vulgate,  they  are 
conspicuously  absent.  The  first  Church  writer  to  cite 
the  verse  in  such  a  text  was  Priscillian,  a  Spaniard,  who 


70  TEXTUAL  CRITICISM 

was  also  the  first  heretic  to  be  burned  alive  by  the 
Church  in  the  year  385.  After  him  Vigilius,  Bishop  of 
Thapsa,  cites  it  about  484.  It  is  probable  that  the 
later  Latin  fathers  mistook  what  was  only  a  comment 
of  Cyprian  Bishop  of  Carthage  (died  258)  for  a  citation 
of  the  text.  In  any  case,  it  filtered  from  them  into  the 
Vulgate  text,1  from  which,  as  we  have  seen,  it  was 
translated  into  Greek  and  inserted  in  two  or  three  very 
late  manuscripts. 

Erasmus's  first  edition  of  the  Greek  Testament,  in 
1516,  omitted  the  verse,  as  also  did  the  second  ;  but  in 
1522  he  issued  a  third  edition  containing  it.  Robert 
Stephens  also  inserted  it  in  his  edition  of  1546,  which 
formed  the  basis  of  all  subsequent  editions  of  the  Greek 
Testament  until  recently,  and  is  known  as  the  Received 
Text,  or  Textus  Receptus."2 

In  1670  Sandius,  an  Arian,  assailed  the  verse,  as 
also  did  Simon,  a  learned  Roman  Catholic  priest,  in 
his  Histoire  Critique  du  Nouveau  Testament,  part  i., 
chap.  18,  about  twenty  years  later.  He  was  followed 
by  Sir  Isaac  Newton,  who,  in  a  learned  dissertation 
published  after  his  death  in  1754,  strengthened  Simon's 
arguments.  Oddly  enough,  a  Huguenot  pastor,  David 
Martin  (1639-1721),  of  whom  better  things  might  have 
been  expected,  took  up  the  cudgels  in  defence  of  the 
text.  "It  were  to  be  wished,"  he  wrote,  "that  this 
strange  opinion  had  never  quitted  the  Arians  and 
Socinians  ;  but  we  have  the  grief  to  see  it  pass  from 
them  to  some  Christians,  who,  though  content  to  retain 

1  Gibbon,  in  a  note  on  chap  xxxvii.  of  his  Decline  and  Fall,  says 
that  in  the  eleventh  and  twelfth  centuries  the  Bibles  were  cor 
rected  by  Lanfranc,  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  and  by  Nicolas 
Cardinal  and   librarian  of   the  Roman  Church,  secundum  (\rtho- 
doxam  fidem.     (Wetstein,  Prolegom.,  pp.  84,  85.) 

2  See  chap.  viii. 


TEXTUAL  CRITICISM 


the  doctrine  of  the  Trinity,  abandon  this  fine  passage 
where  that  holy  doctrine  is  so  clearly  taught."  With 
the  same  tolerance  of  fraud,  so  long  as  it  makes  for 
orthodoxy,  an  Anglican  bishop  added  a  footnote  in  his 
catechism  to  the  effect  that  the  authenticity  of  this  text, 
although  by  many  disputed,  must  be  strenuously  upheld 
because  it  is  so  valuable  a  witness  to  the  truth  of 
Trinitarian  doctrine.  Gibbon,  in  his  thirty-seventh 
chapter,  sarcastically  wrote  :— 

The  memorable  text  which  asserts  the  unity  of  the  Three 
who  bear  witness  in  Heaven  is  condemned  by  the  uni 
versal  silence  of  the  orthodox  fathers,  ancient  versions, 

and    authentic    manuscripts After    the   invention  of 

printing,  the  editors  of  the  Greek  Testament  yielded  to 
their  own  prejudices,  or  those  of  the  times  ;  and  the  pious 
fraud,  which  was  embraced  with  equal  zeal  at  Rome  and 
Geneva,  has  been  infinitely  multiplied  in  every  country 
and  every  language  of  modern  Europe. 

This  passage  provoked  an  attack  on  Gibbon  from  a 
certain  English  Archdeacon,  Travis,  who  rushed  into 
the  arena  to  defend  the  text  which  Kettner,  answering 
Simon  nearly  a  century  earlier,  had  extravagantly 
hailed  as  "the  most  precious  of  Biblical  pearls,  the 
fairest  flower  of  the  New  Testament,  the  compendium 
by  way  of  analogy  of  faith  in  the  Trinity."  It  was  high 
time  that  forgers  should  receive  a  rebuke,  and  Person, 
the  greatest  of  English  Greek  scholars  and  critics, 
resolved  to  administer  it  to  them.  In  a  series  of  Letters 
to  Travis  he  detailed  with  merciless  irony  and  infinite 
learning  the  history  of  this  supposititious  text.  Travis 
answered  that  Person  was  a  Thersites,  and  that  he 
despised  his  railings.  He  accused  him  of  defending 
Gibbon,  who,  as  an  infidel,  was  no  less  Person's  enemy 
than  his  own.  Person's  answer  reveals  the  nobility  of 


72  TEXTUAL  CRITICISM 

his  character.  "Why,"  he  replies,  "for  that  very 
reason  I  would  defend  him " — a  retort  worthy  of  Dr. 
Johnson. 

Scarcely  anything  in  the  English  language  is  so  well 
worth  reading  as  these  letters  of  Person,  and  I  venture 
to  quote  from  his  preface  a  single  passage  about  Bengel 
(died  1752),  whose  commentary  on  the  New  Testament 
called  the  Gnomon  was,  for  its  day,  a  model  of  learning 
and  acumen  : — 

Bengel  [writes  Person]  allowed  that  the  verse  was  in 
no  genuine  MS.,  that  the  Complutensian  editors  inter 
polated  it  from  the  Latin  version,  that  the  Codex  Britan- 
nicus  is  good  for  nothing,  that  no  ancient  Greek  writer 
cites  it  and  many  Latins  omit,  and  that  it  was  neither 
erased  by  the  Arians  nor  absorbed  by  the  homoeoteleuton. 
Surely,  then,  the  verse  is  spurious.  No  ;  this  learned 
man  finds  out  a  way  of  escape.  The  passage  was  of  so 
sublime  and  mysterious  a  nature  that  the  secret  discipline 
of  the  Church  withdrew  it  from  the  public  books,  till  it 
was  gradually  lost.  Under  what  a  want  of  evidence 
must  a  critic  labour  who  resorts  to  such  an  argument. 

Person  made  himself  unpopular  by  writing  these  letters. 
The  publisher  of  them  lost  money  over  the  venture,  and 
an  old  lady,  Mrs.  Turner,  of  Norwich,  who  had  meant 
to  leave  him  a  fortune,  cut  down  her  bequest  to  thirty 
pounds,  because  her  clergyman  told  her  that  Porson 
had  assailed  the  Christian  religion. 

The  revised  English  version  of  this  passage  omits,  of 
course,  the  fictitious  words,  and  gives  no  hint  of  the 
text  which  was  once  so  popular.  Archdeacon  Travis 
is  discreetly  forgotten  in  the  Anglican  Church  ;  but  the 
truth  has  far  from  triumphed  in  the  Roman,  and  Pope 
Leo  XIII.,  in  an  encyclical  of  the  year  1897,  solemnly 
decreed  that  the  fraudulent  addition  is  part  of  authentic 
scripture.  He  was  surrounded  by  reactionaries  who 


ALFRED  LOISY. 


74  TEXTUAL  CRITICISM 

imagined  that,  if  they  could  wrest  such  a  pronounce 
ment  from  the  infallible  Pontiff,  they  would  have  made 
an  end  for  ever  of  criticism  in  the  Catholic  Church. 
The  abbot  of  Monte  Casino,  the  home  of  the  Bene 
dictines,  was,  it  is  said,  on  the  point  of  publishing  a 
treatise  in  which  he  traced  this  forgery  to  its  sources, 
when  the  Pope's  decree  was  issued.  He  thrust  back 
his  treatise  into  his  pigeon-holes,  where  it  remains. 
The  aged  Pope,  however,  who  was  a  stranger  to  such 
questions,  soon  realised  that  he  had  been  imposed  upon. 
Henceforth  he  refused  to  descend  to  particulars,  or  to 
condemn  the  many  scholars  delated  to  him  as  modernist 
heretics.  Of  these  the  Abbe"  Loisy  was  the  chief,  and 
the  outcry  against  him  finally  decided  Leo  to  establish 
in  1902  a  commission  for  the  progress  of  study  of  holy 
scripture.  For  the  first  time  a  few  specialists  were 
called  in  by  the  head  of  the  Catholic  Church  to  guide 
his  judgment  in  such  matters,  and  Leo  XIII.  directed 
them  to  begin  by  studying  the  question  of  the  text, 
i  John  v.  8.  They  presently  sent  him  their  report. 
As  this  was  to  the  effect  that  the  text  was  not  authentic, 
it  was  pigeon-holed.  But  the  aged  prelate's  mind  was 
ill  at  ease  ;  and  during  his  last  illness,  both  in  his  lucid 
moments  and  in  delirium,  he  could  talk  of  nothing  else.1 
He  has  been  succeeded  by  one  who  has  no  qualms,  but 
condemns  learning  wherever  and  whenever  he  meets 
with  it.  To  be  learned  in  that  communion  is  in  our 
age  to  be  suspect. 

There  is  a  similar  Trinitarian  text  in  Matthew  xxviii. 
19,  where  the  risen  Christ  is  represented  as  appearing  to 
his  twelve  apostles  on  a  mountain  top  in  Galilee,  and 
saying  to  them  :  All  authority  hath  been  given  unto  me 

1  I  derive  these  statements  from  the  Abbe1  Albert  Houtin,  La 
Question  Biblique  au  XXe  Sitcle.  Paris ;  1906  ;  p.  94. 


TEXTUAL  CRITICISM  75 

in  heaven  and  on  earth.  Go  ye  therefore,  and  make 
disciples  of  all  the  nations^  baptising  them  into  the  name 
of  the  Father  and  of  the  Son  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost ; 
teaching  them  to  observe  all  things  whatsoever  I  com 
manded  you  :  and  /<?,  /  am  with  you  alway,  even  unto  the 
end  of  the  world. 

Here  Eusebius,  Bishop  of  Caesarea,  who  died  about 
the  year  340,  and  was  entrusted  by  the  Emperor 
Constantine  with  the  task  of  preparing  fifty  editions  dc 
luxe  of  the  gospels  for  the  great  churches  built  or 
rebuilt  after  the  Diocletian  persecution  was  ended,  read 
in  such  of  his  works  as  he  wrote  before  the  year  325  as 
follows  :  "Go  ye  therefore,  and  make  disciples  of  all  the 
nations  in  my  name ;  teaching  them,"  etc. 

It  is  clear,  therefore,  that  of  the  MSS.  which  Eusebius 
inherited  from  his  predecessor,  Pamphilus,  at  Caesarea 
in  Palestine,  some  at  least  preserved  the  original 
reading,  in  which  there  was  no  mention  either  of 
Baptism  or  of  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost.  It  had 
been  conjectured  by  Dr.  Davidson,  Dr.  Martineau,  by 
the  present  Dean  of  Westminster,  and  by  Professor 
Harnack  (to  mention  but  a  few  names  out  of  many), 
that  here  the  received  text  could  not  contain  the  very 
words  of  Jesus — this  long  before  anyone  except  Dr. 
Burgon,  who  kept  the  discovery  to  himself,  had  noticed 
the  Eusebian  form  of  reading. 

It  is  satisfactory  to  notice  that  Dr.  Eberhard  Nestle, 
in  his  new  edition  of  the  New  Testament  in  Latin  and 
Greek,  furnishes  the  Eusebian  reading  in  his  critical 
apparatus,  and  that  Dr.  Sanday  seems  to  lean  to  its 
acceptance.  That  Eusebius  found  it  in  his  MSS.  has  been 
recently  contested  by  Dr.  Chase,  the  Bishop  of  Ely,  who 
argues  that  Eusebius  found  the  Texlus  Receptus  in  his 
manuscripts,  but  substituted  the  shorter  formula  in  his 


TEXTUAL  CRITICISM 


works  for  fear  of  vulgarising  and  divulging  the  sacred 
Trinitarian  formula.  It  is  interesting  to  find  a  modern 
bishop  reviving  the  very  argument  used  150  years  ago 
in  support  of  the  forged  text  in  i  John  v.  7.  It  is 
sufficient  answer  to  point  out  that  Eusebius's  argument, 
when  he  cites  the  text,  involves  the  text  "in  my  name." 
For,  he  asks,  "  In  whose  name  ?  "  and  answers  that  it 
was  the  name  spoken  of  by  Paul  in  his  Epistle  to  the 
Philippians  ii.  10.  It  is  best  to  cite  the  entire  passage, 
which  is  in  the  Demonstratio  Evangelica  (col.  240,  p. 
136  of  Migne's  edition)  : — 

For  he  (Jesus)  did  not  enjoin  them  to  make  disciples  of 
all  the  nations  simply  and  without  qualification,  but  with 
the  essential  addition  "  in  his  name."     For  so  great  was 
the  virtue  attaching  to  his  appellation  that  the  Apostle 
says    (Phil.   ii.    10)  :  "  God  bestowed   on  him   the   name 
above  every  name  ;  that  in  the  name  of  Jesus  every  knee 
shall  bow,  of  things  in  heaven  and  on  earth  and  under  the 
earth."     It  was  right,  therefore,  that  he  should  lay  stress 
on  the   virtue  of  the  power  residing  in  his    name,    but 
hidden  from  the  many,  and  therefore  say  to  his  apostles, 
"  Go  ye  and  make  disciples  of  all  the  nations  in  my  name." 
Surely  Dr.    Chase  would  not    argue    that   the  name 
implied  in   Phil.  ii.  10  was  the  Name  of  Father,   Son, 
and  Holy  Spirit.     That  would  be  a  pretty  heresy  for  an 
Anglican   bishop  to   entertain.      Would  he   attribute  a 
heresy  at   once   so  violent  and  senseless  to  Eusebius  ? 
Where,  then,  is  the  point  of  arguing  that  Eusebius,  in 
the   score  of  passages  where  he  cites   Matt,  xxviii.  19 
in  the  above  form,  was  moved  by  the  disciplina  arcani, 
or  fear  of  divulging  Christian   mysteries,  from  writing 
the    formula    out — the    more    so    as    it    was    on    the 
lips  of  many  of  his  contemporaries  and  had  been  pub 
lished  long  before  by  Dionysius  of  Alexandria,  Cyprian, 
Tertullian,  and  perhaps  by  Irenaeus  and  Origen  ?     Why 


TEXTUAL  CRITICISM  77 

did  they,  too,  not  hide  the  sacred  formula?  Moreover, 
why  should  Eusebius  dropout  the  command  to  baptise? 
Surely  the  disciplina  arcani  does  not  explain  his  omis 
sion  of  that  ? 

In  the  case  just  examined  it  is  to  be  noticed  that  not 
a  single  MS.  or  ancient  version  has  preserved  to  us 
the  true  reading.  But  that  is  not  surprising,  for,  as  Dr. 
C.  R.  Gregory,  one  of  the  greatest  of  our  textual  critics, 
reminds  us,  "The  Greek  MSS.  of  the  text  of  the  New 
Testament  were  often  altered  by  scribes,  who  put  into 
them  the  readings  which  were  familiar  to  them,  and 
which  they  held  to  be  the  right  readings."1 

These  facts  speak  for  themselves.  Our  Greek  texts, 
not  only  of  the  Gospels,  but  of  the  Epistles  as  well, 
have  been  revised  and  interpolated  by  orthodox  copyists. 
We  can  trace  their  perversions  of  the  text  in  a  few 
cases,  with  the  aid  of  patristic  citations  and  ancient 
versions.  But  there  must  remain  many  passages  which 
have  been  so  corrected,  but  where  we  cannot  to-day 
expose  the  fraud.  It  was  necessary  to  emphasise  this 
point  because  Drs.  Westcott  and  Hort  used  to  aver 
that  there  is  no  evidence  of  merely  doctrinal  changes 
having  been  made  in  the  text  of  the  New  Testament. 
This  is  just  the  opposite  of  the  truth,  and  such  dis 
tinguished  scholars  as  Alfred  Loisy,  J.  Wellhausen, 
Eberhard  Nestle,  Adolf  Harnack,  to  mention  only  four 
names,  do  not  scruple  to  recognise  the  fact.  Here  is  a 
line  of  research  which  is  only  beginning  to  be  worked. 


1  Canon  and  Text  of  the  A'fw  Testament;  T.  and  T.  Clark,  1907  ; 
p.  424. 


F  2 


CHAPTER  VI. 
SOME  PIONEERS 

Proinde   liber  esse   volo,    "  Henceforth    I    mean    to   be 
free,"  wrote  Luther  when  he  broke  with  the  Pope  ;  and 
he  had  the  merit  at  least  of  throwing  off  authority  and 
asserting  the  right   and   duty  of  the  individual  believer 
to  read  the   Bible  for  himself  and  interpret  it  without 
the   help   of  a   priest.     "  With   all  due  respect  for  the 
Fathers"  he  said,  "I  prefer  the  authority  of  Scripture" 
(Salvis    reverentiis    Patrum    ego    prcefero    auctoritatem 
Scripture}.'5-     In  making  such   pronouncements  Luther 
builded     better    than     he    knew,    and    if    we    would 
realise  how    much  we  owe  to    him  for  the  bold  chal 
lenge  he  hurled  at  Papal  authority,   we  have  only  to 
compare   the   treatment    by  the    Pope    Pio    X.    of  the 
Modernists,  whose  chief  offence   is  to  desire  to  under 
stand  the  Bible,  with  the  respect  paid  in  the  Lutheran 
Church  to  such  men  as  Harnack,  Von  Soden,  Preuschen, 
Violet,  and  in  the  Anglican  to  such  scholars  as  Robert 
son  Smith,   Professor  Driver,    Professor  Sanday,   Pro 
fessor  Burkitt.     All  these    men   would,   in  the  Roman 
Church  of  the  last  ten  years,  have  had  to  suppress  or 
swallow  their   opinions,   or  would  have  been  hounded 
out    of    the    Church    with    writs    of    excommunication 
amid  the  imprecations  of  the  orthodox  crowd. 

One  of  the  earliest  German  scholars  that  attempted 
to  understand   the    Gospels    and    divest   the   figure    of 

1  See  Farrar's  History  of  Interpretation,  p.  327. 
78 


LUTHER. 


8o  SOME  PIONEERS 


Jesus  of  the  suit  of  stiff  dogmatic  buckram  with  which 
theologians  had  immemorially  bound  him  was  the  poet 
and  philosopher,  Johann  Gottfried  Herder,  who  made 
his  literary  debut  in  1773  in  a  volume  of  essays,  to 
which  Goethe  also  contributed.  He  was  a  humanist, 
a  student  of  the  classics,  and  an  enthusiastic  reader  of 
Shakespeare.  It  was  the  age  of  Frederick  the  Great 
and  Voltaire,  an  age  when  in  north  Germany  men  were 
able  to  think  and  write  freely.  In  his  first  essay  in 
theological  criticism,  entitled  Letters  on  the  Study  of 
Theology^  he  urged  that  the  Bible  must  be  read  from  a 
human  point  of  view,  and  intuitively  discerned  the 
impossibility  of  harmonising  the  fourth  Gospel  with 
the  Synoptics.  Orthodox  divines,  like  the  late  Dr. 
Hort,  a  hundred  years  later  among  ourselves  were  still 
pretending  that  this  Gospel  supplements,  but  not  con 
tradicts,  the  other  three.  You  may  write  a  life  of 
Jesus,  argued  Herder,  out  of  John,  or  out  of  the 
Synoptics,  but  not  out  of  both  sources  at  once,  for  they 
are  irreconcilable  with  each  other.  John  he  declared  to 
have  been  written  from  the  standpoint  of  Greek  ideas, 
as  a  corrective  to  the  Palestinian  Gospel  which  the 
other  three  reflect.  They  represent  Jesus  as  a  Jewish 
Messiah,  John  as  Saviour  of  the  world  ;  and  the  latter 
drops  out  of  sight  the  demonology  of  the  other  three 
because  its  author,  like  Philo,  regarded  it  all  as  so 
much  Palestinian  superstition. 

Yet  Herder  did  not  reject  miracles.  He  even  accepted 
that  of  the  raising  of  Lazarus  from  the  dead,  and  argued 
that  the  earlier  gospels  passed  it  over  in  silence  in  order 
not  to  excite  the  wrath  of  the  Jews  against  the  humble 
family  in  Bethany  !  This  argument  is  not  too  absurd 
for  Dean  Farrar  to  repeat  it  a  hundred  years  later 
in  his  Life  of  Christ  (p.  511).  The  first  evangelists 


JOHANN  GOTTFRIED  HERDER. 


82  SOME  PIONEERS 

would  not  record  "a  miracle  which  would  have  brought 
into  dangerous  prominence  a  man  who  was  still  living. 

Even  if  this  danger  had  ceased,  it  would  have  been 

obviously  repulsive  to  the  quiet  family  of  Bethany  to 
have  been  made  the  focus  of  an  intense  and  irreverent 
curiosity,"  etc.  With  regard  to  the  inter-relations  of 
the  Synoptics,  Herder  showed  more  acumen,  and  antici 
pated  the  latest  critical  positions.  Mark,  he  wrote,  is 
no  abridgment,  but  a  true  and  self-contained  Gospel  ; 
and  if  Matthew  and  Luke  contain  other  and  more 
matter,  that  is  because  they  added  it,  and  not  because 
Mark,  having  it  before  him,  left  it  out.  Mark  is  the 
unadorned  central  column  on  which  the  other  two  lean 
— shorter  than  they,  but  more  original.  They  added  the 
Birth  Stories  because  a  new  want  of  such  information 
had,  later  than  Mark,  grown  up  among  believers.  And 
Mark  indulges  in  less  invective  than  they  against  the 
Jews,  because  the  new  religion  was  still  largely  a 
Jewish  business.  That  neither  the  first  three  Gospels 
nor  the  fourth  were  intended  to  be  read  as  sober 
historical  treatises  was  also  clear  to  Herder.  The 
former  were  aimed  to  exalt  him  as  a  Messiah  who 
fulfilled  the  Jewish  prophecies  ;  the  fourth  is  an  epic  of 
the  Logos. 

But  Herder's  appreciations  of  the  Life  of  Jesus  were 
after  all  less  scientific  and  earlier  in  type  than  those  of 
Hermann  Samuel  Reimarus,  of  whose  epoch-making 
contribution  to  the  cause  of  New  Testament  criticism 
Albert  Schweitzer  has  recently,  in  his  work,  Von 
Reimarus  zu  WredeJ-  reminded  those  who  had  forgotten 

1  From  R.  to  W.,  Tubing-en,  1906,  lately  issued  in  an  English 
translation,  under  the  title  The  Quest  of  the  Historical  Jesus. 
On  Reimarus  and  Lessing  see  also  Scherer's  History  of  German 
Literature,  translated  by  Mrs.  F.  C.  Conybeare,  1086,  vol.  ii., 
p.  72  foil. 


SOME  PIONEERS 


the  great  theological  controversies  of  Lessing  and 
Strauss.  Reimarus,  born  in  1694,  was  for  forty-one 
years  Professor  of  Philosophy  in  Hamburg,  and  died 
in  1768.  He  was  the  son-in-law  of  the  famous  philolo 
gist,  J.  Alb.  Fabricius,  and  was  himself  a  man  of  high 
classical  attainments.  He  thus  brought  to  the  study 
of  the  New  Testament  a  trained  judgment,  unspoiled 
by  the  narrow  calling  of  the  professional  divine.  His 
treatises  on  early  Christianity  were  probably  the  more 
untrammelled  by  orthodox  prejudices  because  they  were 
not  intended  by  him  for  publication,  and  they  would 
never  have  seen  the  light  had  they  not  fallen  into  the 
hands  of  Lessing,  who  published  in  the  years  1774-8 
the  more  important  of  them  under  the  title  of  Fragments 
of  an  Anonymous  Wolfenbiitteler.  The  German  world 
had  seemed  to  be  in  a  mood  for  liberal  criticism,  and 
historians  and  humanists  there,  as  in  England,  were 
already  turning  their  attention  to  dogmatic  religion  ; 
nevertheless,  the  Fragments  fell  like  bombshells  in  the 
circles  of  the  pious,  and  precipitated  a  real  crisis  in  the 
history  of  the  Protestant  Church.  The  Christ  of  dogma 
was  now  arraigned  as  never  before,  and  has,  so  to 
speak,  been  on  trial  ever  since  at  the  bar  of  History. 
For  the  fanciful  figure  of  orthodox  theologians  the  real 
historical  Jewish  Messiah  began  to  emerge. 

The  message  or  Gospel  of  Jesus  was,  according  to 
Reimarus,  summed  up  in  the  appeal  to  his  countrymen 
to  repent,  because  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  was  at. 
hand.  But  of  the  Kingdom  he,  equally  with  John  the 
Baptist,  conceived  in  the  current  Jewish  manner  ;  and 
if  he  transcended  his  contemporaries  in  his  forecast 
thereof,  it  was  only  in  so  far  as  he  taught  that  observ 
ance  of  the  Law  of  Moses  would  develop  therein  unto 
a  higher  and  deeper  righteousness,  less  bound  up  with 


84  SOME  PIONEERS 

sacrificial  cult,  false  Sabbatarianism,  and  ritual  purity 
of  meats.  He  never  broke  with  the  law  nor  dreamed 
of  doing  so.  It  was  only  when  they  were  persecuted 
and  driven  out  of  the  synagogue  that  his  disciples  broke 
with  it — not  of  choice,  but  of  necessity. 

Thus  the  creed  of  the  earliest  Church  consisted  of 
the  single  clause  :  "  I  believe  that  Jesus  shall  shortly 
inaugurate  the  Kingdom  of  God  on  earth."  No  wonder 
that  the  faith  spread  rapidly.  Multitudes  were  already 
filled  with  a  belief  in  the  imminence  of  the  promised 
kingdom,  and  were  but  too  ready  to  acclaim  Jesus  as 
God's  prophet  and  instrument  in  bringing  it  about. 
This  was  the  whole  of  the  message  that  his  apostles 
had  to  carry  to  the  cities  of  Israel,  avoiding  those  of 
the  Samaritans  and  Gentiles.  The  Jews  of  Palestine 
were  groaning  under  the  Roman  yoke,  and  were  pre 
pared  to  welcome  a  redeemer.  For  them  a  Messiah 
was  Son  of  God  ;  all  the  successors  of  David  and  kings 
of  the  people  of  the  Covenant  were  sons  of  God,  but 
the  Messiah  was  such  in  a  special  sense.  The  Messianic 
claims  of  Jesus  did  not  lift  him  above  humanity,  and 
there  was  nothing  metaphysical  about  the  role. 

The  Gospel  parables  teach  us  little  of  what  the 
Kingdom  was  to  be.  They  all  assume  that  we  know 
it.  If  we  desire  to  learn  more  about  it,  we  must  go  to 
the  writings  of  the  Jews.  In  any  case  the  first  con 
dition  of  our  understanding  who  and  what  Jesus  was  is 
that  we  should  turn  our  backs  on  the  catechism  notions 
of  a  metaphysical  sonship  of  God,  of  the  Trinity,  on 
orthodox  dogmas  in  general,  and  should  study  instead 
current  Jewish  ideas.  With  these  a  priori  notions  will 
vanish  the  mistaken  supposition  that  Jesus  meant  to 
found  a  new  religion.  He  never  dreamed  of  abolishing 
the  Jewish  religion  and  of  substituting  a  new  system 


SOME  PIONEERS  85 

in  its  place.  His  chief  disciple,  Peter,  long  after  the 
resurrection,  needed  the  vision  at  Joppa  to  assure  him 
that  he  might  without  sin  eat  with  men  uncircumcised, 
and  the  disciples  who  fled  from  Jerusalem  after  Stephen's 
martyrdom  "  spoke  the  word  to  none  save  only  to 
Jews."  It  follows  that  the  text  Matthew  xxviii.  19  is 
impossible,  not  only  because  it  is  spoken  by  one  risen 
from  the  dead,  but  because  its  tenour  is  universalist 
and  it  presupposes  the  Trinity  and  the  metaphysical 
sonship  of  Jesus.  It  also  conflicts  with  our  earliest 
tradition  of  baptism  in  the  community  of  Christians, 
for,  as  we  learn  both  from  the  Book  of  Acts  and  from 
Paul,  they  baptised  at  first,  not  into  the  name  of  the  three 
Persons,  but  into  that  of  Jesus  the  Messiah  or  Christ. 
Neither  baptism  nor  in  its  later  forms  the  Eucharist 
derives  from  Jesus. 

That  Jesus  worked  cures  which  the  people  round  him 
regarded  as  signs  and  wonders  cannot  be  disputed. 
When  Reimarus  further  opines  that  Jesus  bade  those 
he  healed  to  tell  no  man  of  it  by  way  of  exciting  the 
curiosity  of  the  crowd,  we  cannot  follow  him.  But  all 
will  admit  that  some  of  his  greater  miracles  were 
invented  by  propagandists  who  felt  a  call  to  prove  that 
in  works  of  power  the  Messiah  transcended  the  worthies 
of  the  Old  Testament.  If  it  be  true  that  in  Jerusalem 
the  multitude  were  as  convinced  as  the  texts  assure  us 
they  were  of  his  immediately  manifesting  the  Kingdom 
of  God  to  them,  then  by  a  single  miracle  publicly  worked 
on  a  feast-day  he  must  have  carried  all  before  him. 
Twice  he  seems  to  have  made  sure  that  his  vision  of  the 
Kingdom  was  about  to  be  made  a  reality  :  once  when, 
sending  forth  his  disciples,  in  Matt.  x.  23,  he  coupled 
their  mission  with  the  assurance  that  they  would  not 
have  time  to  visit  all  the  cities  of  Israel  before  the  Son 


86  SOME  PIONEERS 


of  Man  came — that  is,  that  the  masses  flocking-  to  him 
would  erewhile  have  witnessed  the  Messiah's  advent  ; 
and  a  second  time  when,  in  the  style  of  Messiah, 
he  entered  Jerusalem  riding-  on  an  ass  amid  the 
acclamations  of  the  multitude.  But  the  people  hung 
back  after  all,  and  his  feat  of  clearing-  the  temple  of  its 
Paschatide  traffic  fell  flat,  as  also  did  his  denunciations 
of  priests  and  pharisees.  The  Galileans  had  forsaken 
him,  and  now  the  erewhile  enthusiastic  people  of 
Jerusalem  forsook  him  in  the  same  way.  He  had  begun 
by  concealing  his  quality  of  Messiah  of  set  purpose  ;  he 
ended  by  concealing  it  from  fear  and  necessity.  He  felt 
that  his  star  had  set  and  his  mission  was  a  failure  when 
from  the  cross  he  uttered  the  bitter  cry  of  disillusion 
ment  :  "  My  God,  my  God,  why  hast  thou  forsaken 
me?"  He  had  never  contemplated  suffering-  thus, 
never  looked  forward  to  a  death  on  the  cross.  With 
God's  miraculous  aid  he  had  expected  to  establish  a 
kingdom  on  earth  in  which  the  Jews,  rescued  from  the 
yoke  of  infidel  and  Gentile  oppressors,  would  live 
happily  ever  afterwards  ;  and  now  his  countrymen 
betrayed  and  forsook  him,  and  the  Roman  was  slaying 
him  with  every  circumstance  of  cruelty  and  mockery. 

Reimarus  shows  less  insight  in  his  account  of  the 
events  which  followed  the  death  of  Jesus.  He  is  right, 
no  doubt,  in  arguing-  that  the  disciples,  driven  out  of 
their  old  enthusiasms  by  the  logic  of  facts,  took  refuge 
in  Daniel's  vision  of  an  apocalyptic  Son  of  Man,  borne  in 
glory  on  the  clouds  of  heaven  to  earth.  But  when  he 
g-ives  credit  to  the  story  that  the  apostles  stole  the  body 
of  Jesus  in  order  to  accredit  their  story  of  his  resur 
rection  he  betrays  a  certain  want  of  grip.  It  was  this 
feature  of  his  reconstruction  which  more  than  any  other 
roused  against  Lessing  the  accusation  of  impiety  from 


SO. ME  PIONEERS  87 


those  who  for  hundreds  of  years  had  complacently 
accepted  Jerome's  view  that  Peter  and  Paul  had  only 
got  up  their  quarrel  at  Antioch  for  the  gallery,  and  had 
never  really  been  at  issue  with  one  another — a  view  that 
shocked  even  Augustine.1 

Reimarus  awoke  many  out  of  the  torpor  of  assurance. 
Particular  features  of  his  system  were  no  doubt 
erroneous,  but  in  the  main  his  arguments  were  irre 
fragable,  because  he  interpreted  his  documents  in  their 
plain  and  literal,  but  to  the  orthodox  disconcerting, 
sense.  Modern  criticism,  even  in  Anglican  and  Roman 
circles,  is  slowly  coming  round  to  his  chief  conclusions, 
which  were  that  Jesus  never  meant  to  found  a  new 
religion,  but  only  to  herald  that  Kingdom  of  God 
towards  which  the  aspirations  of  pious  Jews  had  for 
generations  been  directed,  and  that  the  fourth  Gospel 
must  simply  be  set  aside  by  those  who  would  discover 
the  true  Jesus.  His  account  of  Jesus's  attitude  towards 
the  law,  and  of  the  gradual  abandonment  after  his  death 
of  that  attitude  by  his  disciples,  anticipated  the  best 
criticism  of  our  own  generation.  When  writers  like  Dean 
Farrar  dilate  on  the  "crude  negations  "  and  "dreary 
illuminism  of  Reimarus,"2  they  only  betray  their  elemen 
tary  ignorance  of  the  problems  they  profess  to  solve. 

About  the  same  time  as  Reimarus  was  writing,  a 
striking  book  appeared  in  England.  This  was  E.  Evan- 
son's  work  on  The  Dissonance  of  the  Four  Generally 
Received  Evangelists  and  the  Evidence  of  their  Respective 

1  See  Jerome's  8Qth  Epistle  to  Augustine,  where  he  adheres  to 
his  view  that  Paul  and  Peter  were  both  acting-  a  part,  and  that 
they  merely  got  up  their  tiff  in  order  to  reassure  the  Judaisers. 
Jerome  argues  that  Paul  was  guilty  of  similar  dissimulation  when 
he  took  Timothy,  a  Gentile,  and  circumcised  him  for  fear  of 
the  Jews. 

3  See  Farrar's  History  of  Interpretation,  p.  400. 


88  SOME  PIONEERS 

Authenticity  Examined.  The  author  was  born  at  War 
ring-ton,  in  Lancashire,  in  1731,  and  received  a  classical 
education,  first  from  his  uncle,  Mr.  John  Evanson, 
rector  of  Mitcham,  in  Surrey,  and  then  at  Emanuel, 
Cambridge.  He  graduated  M.A.  in  1753,  took  orders, 
and  became  his  uncle's  curate.  But  he  was  soon  con 
vinced  that  the  prayer-book  was  opposed  to  Scripture, 
and  accordingly  omitted  some  phrases  of  it  and  changed 
others  in  public  service.  Having  also  maintained  that 
Paul  denied  the  physical  as  opposed  to  spiritual  resur 
rection,  he  incurred  a  prosecution  for  heresy.  The 
Solicitor-General,  Mr.  Wedderburn,  defended  him 
gratis  on  this  occasion,  and,  having  secured  his 
acquittal,  procured  him  Church  preferment,  not  aware 
that  Evanson  had  made  up  his  mind  to  quit  the 
Church. 

It  was  supposed  in  1772  that  the  Archbishop  of  Can 
terbury,  with  the  help  of  certain  of  his  colleagues,  was 
preparing  a  revision  of  the  Anglican  liturgy  and  articles, 
so  Evanson  was  encouraged  to  lay  his  scruples  before 
him  in  a  letter,  in  which  he  begged  him  to  persevere, 
to  remove  difficulties,  and  ease  the  tender  consciences 
of  many  learned  clergymen.  His  extremely  reasonable 
application  was  never  answered,  any  more  than  has 
been  the  memorandum  of  nearly  2,000  incumbents 
who  recently  approached  the  bishops  in  a  similar 
spirit  and  with  a  like  object.  Mr.  Evanson  next  pub 
lished  a  letter  to  Hurd,  Bishop  of  Lichfield,  setting  forth 
the  grounds  and  reasons  of  his  dissatisfaction,  and 
shortly  after  left  the  Church,  resigning  his  living.  Hurd, 
in  answer,  expressed  more  regret  than  surprise,  but 
praised  him  warmly  for  following  his  convictions.  He 
only  lamented  the  loss  to  the  Church  of  one  so  full  of 
liberal  spirit  and  erudition.  The  Bishop  of  Rochester 


SOME  PIONEERS 


89 


also  expressed  his  concern  that  a  clergyman  of  Mr.  Evan- 
son's  abilities  should  resign  his  preferment  for  no  other 
reasons  than  those  he  had  assigned  to  the  Bishop  of 
Lichfield.  Subsequently  Evanson  received  a  pension 
from  the  family  of  the  Earl  of  Bute.  "  An  open  decla 
ration  of  his  faith,  which  duty  called  for  and  sincerity 
enjoined,  provoked  the  rancour  and  malice  of  bigots 
and  brought  on  him  their  hatred  and  persecution."1 
And  certainly  Mr.  Evanson,  at  the  outset  of  his  work 
on  the  dissonances  of  the  evangelists,  strikes  no  un 
certain  note,  for  he  begins  as  follows  : — 

After  so  many  writers,  some  of  them  of  great  erudition 
and  distinguished  abilities,  in  almost  all  ages  of  what  is 
called  the  Christian  Church,  have  undertaken  to  har 
monise  and  show  the  perfect  agreement  of  the  four 
generally  received  Evangelists,  and  to  reconcile  all  the 
recurring  differences  in  both  the  facts  and  order  of  their 
several  narrations,  it  will  undoubtedly  appear  the 
highest  degree  of  presumptuous  arrogance  to  attempt 
now  at  last  to  demonstrate  that  so  much  learned  and 
ingenious  labour  hath  been  bestowed  in  vain. 

Evanson  gives  examples  of  such  dissonance  both 
between  one  gospel  and  another,  and  between  separate 
parts  of  the  same  gospel ;  but  he  made  the  mistake  of 
over-estimating  the  trustworthiness  of  Luke.  This  he 
was  led  to  do  because  he  was  imposed  on,  firstly  by  the 
parade  of  historical  method  and  research  in  Luke's 
exordium,  and  secondly  by  Luke's  excellence  as  a 
stylist.  The  latter  quality  particularly  appealed  to  so 
refined  a  scholar.  To  illustrate  this  point  I  venture  to 
cite  his  remarks  about  the  passage,  Matthew  viii.  5-16  = 
Luke  vii.  i-io,  in  which  the  healing  of  the  Centurion's 

1  From    Some    Account  of  His   Life   and   Religions    Opinions, 
written  by  a  friend  on  the  occasion  of  Evanson's  death  in  1805. 


90  SOME  PIONEERS 

child  is  related.  He  notes  that  in  Matthew  the 
Centurion  himself  goes  to  Jesus,  whereas  in  Luke  he 
only  sent  a  deputation  of  elders  of  the  Jews,  and 
declared  that  he  did  not  esteem  himself  worthy  to  go 
in  person.  "  Here,  again,"  comments  Evanson, 

one  of  these  historians  related  a  falsehood.  It  is 
observable  also  that,  according  to  this  gospel  called 
St.  Matthew's,  this  miracle,  in  order  of  time,  preceded 
the  healing  of  Peter's  mother-in-law,  the  calling  of 
Matthew  himself,  and  the  choice  of  the  twelve  apostles  ; 
whereas  St.  Luke  tells  us  that  it  was  subsequent  to  all 
three.  Yet  St.  Luke  assures  Theophilus  that,  having 
attained  perfect  information  of  everything  from  the  very 
first,  he  had  written  an  account  of  every  transaction 
in  order.  Now,  he  could  have  received  his  information 
only  from  the  Apostles  he  lived  with  at  Jerusalem,  of 
whom  Matthew  was  one  ;  and  as  it  is  impossible  but 
Matthew  must  have  known  whether  he  was  himself  with 
Jesus  when  this  miracle  was  wrought  or  not,  he  could 
not  have  written  that  he  was  not  and  have  informed 
St.  Luke  that  he  was  ;  and,  therefore,  the  writer  of  this 
gospel  could  not  be  St.  Matthew  nor  any  other  of  the 
Apostles.  To  avoid  unnecessary  repetitions,  the  reader  is 
desired  to  consider  this  as  a  general  remark  upon  the 
many  instances  of  contradiction,  in  the  order  of  the 
narration,  between  this  writer  and  St.  Luke,  which  are 
both  numerous  and  obvious  to  the  least  degree  of  atten 
tion. 

Evanson  also  was  shrewd  enough  to  see  that  the 
legend  of  the  miraculous  birth  of  Jesus  was  no  part  of 
the  primitive  gospel  tradition.  He  argues  that  the  first 
two  chapters  of  Luke  are  an  interpolation  ;  but  he  was 
well  aware  of  the  similarity  of  vocabulary  and  idiom 
which  connects  them  with  the  rest  of  the  gospel,  and 
met  this  obstacle  to  his  argument  by  supposing  that  the 
interpolator  imitated  Luke.  He  could  not  believe  that 


SOME  PIONEERS  91 

the  same  hand  which  penned  these  two  chapters  could 
have  narrated  the  incident  of  John  sending-  his  disciples 
to  Jesus  to  ascertain  if  he  was  the  Messiah.  He  writes 
thus  :— 

Now,  it  seems  absolutely  impossible  that  John,  after 
being  from  his  earliest  infancy  personally  acquainted 
with  Jesus,  and  not  only  in  possession  of  all  the  informa 
tion  respecting  him,  which  he  must  have  learned  from 
the  two  families,  but  so  miraculously  impressed  with 
affection  and  reverence  for  him  as  to  exult  with  joy, 
though  but  an  embryo  in  the  womb,  at  the  mere  sound 
of  his  mother's  voice,  could  at  any  time  have  enter 
tained  the  least  doubt  of  Jesus  being  the  Messiah  (p.  37). 

The  true  view,  of  course,  is  that  Luke,  in  spite  of  his 
pretensions  to  accuracy,  was  a  careless  and  credulous 
writer. 

Evanson's  appreciations  of  the  legend  of  the  miracu 
lous  birth  are  couched  in  a  very  modern  spirit.  He 
notes  that,  according  to  Paul's  preaching  at  Antioch,  it 
was  the  resurrection  and  no  birth  miracle  that  con 
stituted  Jesus  the  Son  of  God  ;  and  also  that  Luke, 
except  in  his  first  two  chapters,  nowhere  calJs  Jesus  the 
Son  of  God  until  after  the  Resurrection.  Before  that 
event  he  terms  him  Son  of  Man  or  Son  of  David.  On 
p.  44  he  speaks  of  "  this  pagan  fable  of  the  miraculous 
conception  of  Jesus  Christ";  and  just  below  he  writes 
on  p.  49  as  follows  : — 

In  no  one  apostolic  Epistle,  in  no  one  discourse 
recorded  in  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  is  the  miraculous 
conception,  or  any  circumstance  of  the  history  of  Jesus 
previous  to  John's  baptism,  hinted  at  even  in  the  most 
distant  manner — on  the  contrary,  that  baptism  is 
repeatedly  referred  to  and  mentioned  as  the  proper  com 
mencement  of  evangelical  instruction  ;  and  when  the 
eleven  Apostles  proceeded  to  elect  a  twelfth,  to  supply 

c, 


92  SOME  PIONEERS 

the  place  of  Judas,  the  only  qualification  made  essentially 
requisite  in  the  candidates  was,  their  having'  been  eye 
witnesses  of  our  Lord's  ministry  from  the  baptism  of 
John  to  his  Ascension.  These  two  chapters  of  Luke  are 
the  daring  fiction  of  some  of  the  easy -working  inter 
polators  (/k5tou/>y<5i),  as  Origen  calls  them,  of  the  beginning 
of  the  second  century,  from  among  the  pagan  converts, 
who,  to  do  honour  as  they  deemed  it  to  the  author  of 
their  newly-embraced  religion,  were  willing  that  his  birth 
should,  at  least,  equal  that  of  the  pagan  heroes  and 
demigods,  Bacchus  and  Hercules,  in  its  wonderful 
circumstances  and  high  descent ;  and  thereby  laid  the 
foundation  of  the  succeeding  orthodox  deification  of  the 
man  Jesus,  which,  in  degree  of  blasphemous  absurdity, 
exceeds  even  the  gross  fables  of  pagan  superstition. 

And  in  another  place  (p.  14)  he  remarks  on  the  fact 
that  Justin  Martyr,  in  his  Apology ', 

illustrates  and  pleads  for  the  toleration  ol  the  orthodox 

doctrine  of  the  generation  of  the  Word  by  the  heathen 

Emperors,   because  of  its  resemblance   to  the  fabulous 

origin  of  their  own  deities  Mercury  and   Minerva  ;  and 

justifies  the  doctrine  of  the  incarnation  by  its   similarity 

to  the  births  of  ^Esculapius  and  Hercules,  and  the  other 

\l\ustriousg-od-men  of  pagan  mythology. 

In  these  and  many  other  passages  Evanson  belonged 

rather   to    the   late    nineteenth    century   than    to     the 

eighteenth.     No  one  in  his  day  so  clearly  realised  as  he 

the  low  standard,  or  no  standard,  of  literary  authenticity 

which  characterised  early  Christianity.      Thus  he  notes 

that  in  the  earliest  age  it  was  so  common  among  the 

Christians  "  to  produce  entire   pieces  of  their  own  or 

others'    forgery   under   the    name    of  any   writer    they 

pleased  that,  if  what  we  call  the  scriptures  of  the  New 

Testament  were  not  so  tampered  with,  they  are  almost 

the  only  writings,  upon  the  same  subject,  of  those  early 

times  which  have  escaped  free." 


SOME  PIONEERS  93 


It  is  a  matter  of  common  observation  that,  in  propor 
tion  as  men  overtop  their  contemporaries  in  one  par 
ticular,  they  often  lag-  behind  them  in  another  ;  and  a 
critic  may  see  with  one  eye  and  be  blind  of  its  fellow. 
It  was  so  with  Evanson,  who  fell  into  the  extraordinary 
error  of  attaching  to  so-called  prophecies  of  Christ  an 
importance  which  he  denied  to  miracles.  "  Prophecy,'* 
he  wrote,  "  is  not  only  the  most  satisfactory,  but  also 
the  most  lasting-,  supernatural  evidence  of  the  truth  of 
any  revelation."  And  he  even  went  the  length  of  pre 
dicting  from  the  Apocalypse  the  end  of  the  world  within 
a  few  generations.  Just  in  proportion  as  he  saw  clearly 
how  insufficient  is  the  evidence  of  the  gospels  to  bear 
the  strain  of  the  vast  superstructures  that  theologians 
have  built  upon  them,  his  mind  seems  to  have  been 
fuddled  by  the  study  of  this  book.  We  have  already  seen 
that  Woolston  was  infected  with  the  same  craze  ;  and 
the  great  Isaac  Newton  himself,  in  the  prime  of  his  life, 
gave  up  what  time  he  could  spare  from  his  amazing 
mathematical  and  astronomical  investigations  to  what, 
to  a  modern  mind,  are  the  silliest  lucubrations  about 
the  vaticinations  of  the  book  of  Daniel  and  of  the 
Apocalypse. 

In  Joseph  Priestley,  born  near  Leeds  in  1733,  we 
have  another  example  of  a  great  man  of  science  who 
was  also  a  bold  innovator  in  the  domain  of  Church 
history.  In  early  youth,  he  tells  us,  he  "came  to 
embrace  what  is  generally  called  the  heterodox  side  of 
every  question."  A  History  of  the  Corruptions  of 
Christianity,  published  in  1782,  and  a  History  of  Early 
Opinions  Concerning  Jesus  Christ ',  printed  in  1786, 
involved  him  in  a  long  and  keen  controversy  with  an 
orthodox  divine,  Dr.  Horsley.  This  divine  was 
rewarded  with  a  fat  bishopric  for  detecting  a  few  errors 


94  SOME  PIONEERS 

of  scholarship  in  Priestley's  works,  while  the  latter  a 
few  years  later,  in  1791,  was  rewarded  by  having-  his 
house  in  Birmingham  wrecked  and  set  on  fire  by  the 
Tory  mob.  The  chemical  instruments,  by  use  of  which 
he  had  carried  on  his  epoch-making  researches  into  the 
composition  of  g-ases  and  made  his  discovery  of  oxygen, 
were  destroyed,  his  manuscripts  torn  to  bits,  and  his 
books  scattered  for  half-a-mile  along  the  roadside. 
Priestley  and  his  family  barely  escaped  with  their  lives. 
His  main  heresy  was  the  entirely  correct  opinion  that 
the  earliest  Christians  neither  knew  anything  of  Trini 
tarian  doctrine  nor  deified  Jesus  after  the  manner  of 
Athanasian  doctrine.  He  denied  that  the  Apostles 
could  have  discerned  God  Almighty  in  the  man  of  flesh 
and  blood  with  whom  they  familiarly  consorted.  "  I  am 
really  astonished,"  he  wrote  to  Horsley,  "how  you  can 
really  entertain  the  idea  of  any  number  of  persons  being- 
on  this  even  footing,  as  you  call  it,  with  a  being  whom 
they  actually  believed  to  be  maker  of  themselves  and 
all  things,  even  the  Eternal  God  himself."1  But 
Priestley  did  not  question  the  authenticity  of  the 
writings  of  the  New  Testament  any  more  than  his 
master  Socinus,  and,  like  other  Unitarians  of  that 
age,  he  accepted  with  implicit  faith  all  the  miraculous 
legends  of  the  gospels  except  that  of  the  Virgin  birth. 
Within  a  charmed  circle  he  shrank  from  applying  his 
own  canons  of  criticism.  Leslie  Stephen2  remarks  of 
Priestley  that  "  it  is  still  rather  difficult  to  understand 
how  so  versatile  and  daring  a  thinker  could  have 
retained  so  much  of  the  old  system."  But  the  same 
inconsistency  reveals  itself  in  numberless  scholars  of 


1  Tracts,  p.  259. 

2  English  Thought  in  the  Eighteenth  Century,  chap,  vii.,  §  6. 


SOME  PIONEERS  95 


our  own  generation.  Bishop  Stubbs  was  the  acutest 
of  historical  critics  in  the  domain  of  general  history, 
but  to  the  Bible  and  to  early  Church  history  he  brought 
the  prejudices  of  a  fourteenth-century  monk  ;  so  also 
the  modern  Bollandist  editors  of  the  Acts  of  the  Saints, 
who  are  Jesuits,  handle  any  legend  later  than  the  year 
loo  with  the  greatest  freedom,  yet  abstain  from  apply 
ing  the  same  rules  and  methods  of  historical  investiga 
tion  to  the  solution  and  sifting  out  of  earlier  Christian 
problems  and  narratives.  The  same  remark  holds  good 
of  the  Abbe"  Duchesne,  and  of  the  late  Bishop  Creigh- 
ton — not  to  mention  countless  scholars  who  really  seem 
intent  on  running  with  the  hare  and  hunting  with  the 
hounds  at  one  and  the  same  time. 

Priestley  also  undertook  to  answer  Evanson's  argu 
ments  in  a  work  which  contains  many  suggestive 
passages.  For  example,  he  points  out  that  "the 
books  called  the  Gospels  were  not  the  cause,  but  the 
effect,  of  the  belief  of  Christianity  in  the  first  ages. 
For  Christianity  had  been  propagated  with  great 
success  long  before  those  books  were  written  ;  nor  had 
the  publication  of  them  any  particular  effect  in  adding 
to  the  number  of  Christian  converts.  Christians 
received  the  books  because  they  knew  beforehand  that 
the  contents  of  them  were  true  "  (p.  8). 

The  last  of  these  statements  requires,  no  doubt,  a 
little  modification  ;  but  the  entire  passage  suggests  a 
fertile  method  of  inquiry.  Emerging  in  the  bosom  of 
an  already  long-established  Christianity,  the  Gospels 
could  not  fail  in  a  large  degree  to  reflect  the  sentiments, 
beliefs,  prejudices,  ritual  practices,  which  arose  in 
measure  as  the  Faith  spread  among  the  Gentiles,  was 
persecuted  alike  by  Jews  and  Roman  Government,  was 
coloured  by  Greek  philosophy,  was  divorced  almost 


96  SOME  PIONEERS 

wholly  from  the  scenes  of  its  birth.     This  is  how  the 
Abbe"  Loisy  envisages  the  whole  problem  of  criticism  of 
the  New  Testament.      It  is  inseparable  from  an  investi 
gation    of   the    circles    of    believers,    called    Churches, 
within  whose  medium   the  Gospels  were  produced  and 
preserved.      We   have  to  determine   how  much  of  the 
record  was  primitive    by  separating-   off  all   accretions 
due    to    this    medium.      If,     therefore,     Priestley    had 
followed    up    this    line    of    argument,   he     might    have 
anticipated  modern  criticism.      But  he  was,  as  we  have 
said,  a  mixture  of  enlightenment  and  superstition.      He 
could   express   himself  "  greatly  obliged  "    to   Evanson 
for  the  latter's  "  several   new   and  valuable   arguments 
against  the  miraculous  conception,"  yet  he  accepted  the 
fable  of  Balaam's   ass,  and   failed  to  appreciate  Evan- 
son's  argument  that  in  the  thirty  years  or  more  which 
by  common  consent  elapsed   between  Jesus's  ministry 
and  the  emergence  of  the  earliest  evangelical  document 
there  was  ample  time  for  the  other  miraculous  stones 
of  Jesus  to  have  arisen   in  so  credulous  a   medium  as 
the  early  Church. 


CHAPTER  VII. 
FOREIGN  WORK 

No   work    recently    published    in    Germany  has    made 
a   greater   stir  in    England    than    Albert    Schweitzer's 
Von    Reimarus    su    Wrede,    a    systematic    resume    and 
criticism  of  European  study  of  the  Gospels  during  the 
last  hundred  years.     It  is  mortifying  to  us  Englishmen 
to    find    that    barely   one  page    in    a    hundred    of    this 
remarkable  book  is  devoted  to  works  written  by  our 
selves.      The  Germans,  and  in  a  measure  the    French, 
have  for  the  last  hundred  years  been  making  serious 
efforts  to  ascertain  the  truth  about  Christian  origins. 
Our  own  divines,  amid  the  contentment  and  leisure  of 
rich   livings  and  deaneries,  and  with  the  libraries  and 
endowments    of   Oxford   and    Cambridge   at   their   dis 
posal,  have  done  nothing  except  produce  a  handful  of 
apologetic,    insincere,    and    worthless    volumes.     The 
only  books    which   in    England  have  advanced   know 
ledge    have    been    translations    of   German    or    French 
authors,  and  not  long  since  our  well-endowed  professors 
and  doctors  of  divinity  greeted   every  fresh  accession 
to   Christian    learning — when    they   could    not    ignore 
it  and  maintain   a  conspiracy  of  silence — with  dismal 
howls  of  execration  and  torrents  of  abuse.     To  three  of 
these  foreign  scholars,  whose  works  in  English  transla 
tions  were  so  received,  we  must  now  turn.     They  were 
David    Friedrich    Strauss,    Ferdinand    Christian    Baur 
(both  Germans),  and  Ernest  Renan,  a  Frenchman. 
Of  these  the  second  was  the  oldest ;  he  was  born  in 
97 


FOREIGN  WORK 


1792,  and  died  1860.  The  son  of  a  Wurtemburg 
clergyman,  he  was  still  further  attracted  to  theological 
study  by  the  influence  of  Bengel,  his  uncle,  the 
scholarly,  but  orthodox,  leader  of  the  theological 
school  in  the  University  of  Tubingen  towards  the  close 
of  the  eighteenth  century.  He  was  first  a  pupil  and 
then  a  teacher  at  the  Blaubeuren  Seminary,  where  he 
numbered  Strauss  among  his  pupils.  Thence  he  was, 
in  1826,  promoted  to  a  professorship  at  Tubingen  in 
succession  to  Bengel.  His  geniality  and  freedom  from 
affectation  and  pedantry,  combined  with  a  noble 
presence,  were  enough  in  themselves  to  attract  young 
men  to  his  courses ;  but  the  ring  of  sincerity,  the 
underglow  of  devotion  to  truth,  drew  to  him  the  affec 
tion  of  all  the  finer  natures  among  them.  He  inspired 
hundreds  with  his  own  zeal  and  ardour  for  learning, 
his  bold  impartiality  in  pursuit  of  truth,  and  without 
conscious  effort  he  thus  created  what  was  known  as 
the  Tubingen  school,  still  the  bogie  of  English  clergy 
men  when  I  was  myself  a  youth  in  the  years  1875-1890. 
In  this  school  were  formed  such  scholars  as  E.  Zeller 
(Baur's  son-in-law),  K.  R.  Kostlin,  Adolf  Hilgenfeld  of 
Jena,  Otto  Pfleiderer  of  Berlin,  Gustav  Volkmar  of 
Zurich  (died  1896),  Edmond  Scherer  and  Timothe'e 
Colani  in  France,  the  founders  of  the  Revue  de  Theologie. 
Baur  discerned  a  key  to  the  understanding  of  early 
Church  history  in  the  antagonism  between  Paul  and 
his  school  on  the  one  side,  who  desired  the  free  admis 
sion  of  uncircumcised  Gentiles  into  the  Messianic  society 
which  gathered  around  the  memory  of  Jesus,  and 
Peter  and  John,  his  personal  disciples,  and  James,  his 
brother,  and  first  president  of  the  Church  of  Jerusalem, 
on  the  other.  The  latter  had  known  Jesus  in  the  flesh, 
and  insisted  on  the  observance  of  the  Jewish  law  in  the 


F.  C.  BALK. 


ioo  FOREIGN  WORK 


matter  of  food  and  meats,  ablutions,  Sabbath  obser 
vance,  and  circumcision.  They  would  have  confined 
the  new  "heresy"  or  following-  of  Jesus  Christ  to  Jews 
and  orthodox  proselytes.  Through  the  gate  of  the  old 
law  alone  could  any  enter  the  promised  Kingdom  which 
.a  dcus  ex  machina  was  soon  to  substitute  on  Jewish 
soil  for  the  disgraceful  tyranny  of  a  Roman  governor 
and  his  legions.  This  antagonism  colours  the  four 
great  epistles  of  Paul,  Romans  i.  and  ii.,  Corinthians, 
and  Galatians,  and  the  hatred  of  Paul  long  continued 
among  the  Palestinian  Christians,  who  caricatured  him 
as  Simon  Magus,  and  adopted  the  lifelike  personal 
description  of  him  which  still  survives  in  the  "Acts  of 
Thekla"  as  a  picture  of  the  Anti-Christ. 

This  antagonism  between  Peter  and  Paul,  the  two 
traditional  founders  of  the  leading  Church  of  Rome, 
was  for  the  Catholic  Church  a  sort  of  skeleton  in  the 
•cupboard,  and  caused  much  searching  of  hearts  among 
the  orthodox  as  early  as  the  fourth  century.  By  way 
of  setting  their  misgivings  at  rest,  Jerome  advanced 
his  famous  hypothesis  that  the  dispute  with  Peter 
related  by  Paul  in  the  Epistle  to  Galatians  was  no  more 
than  a  comedy  arranged  between  the  two  in  order  to 
throw  Jewish  zealots  off  the  scent.  In  general  orthodox 
historians  have  sought  to  minimise  the  importance  of 
the  matter  ;  they  could  hardly  do  otherwise.  But  Baur 
was  not  a  man  to  wriggle  out  of  a  difficulty.  He  saw, 
and  rightly  saw,  its  importance  ;  and  he  tried  to  recon 
struct  the  chronological  order  of  the  earliest  writings 
of  the  Church  on  the  principle  that  those  in  which  the 
quarrel  is  still  open  and  avowed  must  have  preceded 
chose  which  try  to  glose  it  over  and  to  pretend  that  it 
was  never  serious.  In  proportion,  Baur  argued,  as  the 
antagonism  died  down  and  leading  men  on  each  side 


FOREIGN  WORK  ,01 

drew  tog-ether  in  the  face  of  persecution  by  Jews  and 
Romans,  and  of  the  disintegrating  propaganda  of  the 
Gnostics,  the  Catholic  Church  emerged,  a  middle  party, 
which  little  by  little  absorbed  the  extremes,  and  whose 
literature  was   largely  inspired   by  the  wish   to  conceal 
even  the  scars  of  wounds  which  had  once  bled  so  freely. 
In  the  four  epistles  of  Paul   above  named   the  quarrel 
is  still  fresh  and  actual,  and  therefore  they  are  the  most 
primitive  documents  we  have,  and  are  prior  to  the  year 
70.     So    is    the    Apocalypse,    an     Ebionite    document 
breathing  hatred  of  Paul.     The  Synoptic  Gospels  and 
Acts  were  written  in  the  interests  of  reconciliation,  and 
followed,   instead    of    preceding,   the    lost    gospels    of 
Peter,  of  the  Hebrews,  of  the  Ebionites,  of  the  Egyp 
tians.     They  are  the  literary  precipitate  of  oral  tradi 
tion  going  back  in  certain  particulars  to  the  Apostolic 
;ige,  but,  as  documents,  hardly  earlier  than  the  middle 
ot  the  second  century.     The  Gospel  of  Matthew  is  the 
earliest  of  them,  and  most  Ebionite  ;  then  came  that  of 
Luke,  of  which  the  elements  took  shape  under  Pauline 
influence.      It  is  an  amplification  of  Marcion's  Gospel. 
Last  is  Mark's,  a  neutral  gospel,  made  up  of  odds  and 
ends    from    the    other    two.     The   rest    of   the   Pauline 
epistles  are,  all   of  them,   reconciliation  documents  of 
about  the   middle   of  the    second    century.     The  book 
called   Acts   is  an   irenicon   penned  to  show  how  har 
moniously  Peter  and   Paul   could   work    together,   and 
what  good  friends  they  were.    The  epistles  of  Peter  were 
literary  forgeries  designed  with  the  same  object,  and  the 
Fourth  Gospel  and  the  epistles  of  John  are  later  than  160. 
The  fault  of  Baur  was  that  he  worked  his  theory  for 
more    than   it  was  worth  ;    that  he  failed  to  give    due 
weight    to    many    other    ideas    and    tendencies    which 
equally  influenced  the  development  of  Church  opinion 


102  FOREIGN  WORK 


and  literature  ;  and,  lastly,  that  he  set  nearly  all  the 
documents  at  least  fifty  years  too  late.  Later  research 
has  triumphantly  proved  that  Mark  is  not  a  compilation 
from  Matthew  and  Luke,  but  their  basis,  and  that  our 
Luke  was  in  Marcion's  hands,  and  mutilated  by  him  to 
suit  his  views.  Large  fragments  of  the  Gospel  of 
Peter,  and,  probably,  of  that  of  the  Egyptians,  have 
been  rescued  from  the  tombs  and  sands  of  Egypt ;  and 
it  turns  out  that,  even  if  they  were  not  copied  or 
imitated  from  the  Synoptics,  they  were  certainly  not 
their  sources.  Generally  speaking,  they  are  more 
modern  in  their  tone  and  post-Galilean.  A  more 
thorough  examination  of  the  idiom  and  vocabulary  of 
i  Thessalonians,  Philippians,  and  Philemon  shows  that 
these  epistles  are  from  the  same  hand  which  penned  the 
four  undisputed  ones  ;  and  Baur's  greatest  disciple, 
Hilgenfeld,  has  shown  this  to  be  the  case.  One  great 
merit,  however,  must  anyhow  be  ascribed  to  Baur,  that 
of  forcing  all  subsequent  investigators  to  consider  the 
documents  purely  in  relation  to  the  age  which  saw 
their  birth,  and  to  explain  them  from  the  influences 
which  were  at  work,  instead  of  envisaging  them  as 
isolated  works  of  detached  thinkers  and  teachers.  If  a 
book  seems  to  be  a  forgery,  we  must  at  once  ask  Cut 
bono — in  the  interests  of  what  and  of  whom  was  it 
forged?  If  it  is  admittedly  authentic,  its  place  in  the 
development  of  doctrine  and  opinion  and  events,  the 
phase  which  it  reflects,  must  still  be  studied  and  set 
forth.  Historical  perspective  is  all-important,  no  less 
in  relation  to  the  documents  of  the  early  Church  than 
to  those  of  any  other  literature.  This  must  ever  be  the 
most  fruitful  method  of  interpretation,  and  it  is  a 
hopeful  sign  that  even  Latin  ecclesiastics  are  furtively 
beginning  to  apply  it. 


FOREIGN  WORK  103 


Baur  had  approached  theology  through  the  philo 
sophy  of  Schleiermacher  and  Hegel.  "  Ohne  Philosophic" 
he  wrote,  "blcibt  inirdie  Geschichteeivigtodnndstumm"* 
To  Strauss  also  (born  1808,  died  1874)  philosophy  was 
a  first  love,  and  he  too  dreamed  of  framing  Church 
history  in  a  niche  of  Hegel's  system  of  logic.  He 
studied  at  Blaubeuren  under  Baur,  at  Maulbronn,  and 
in  Berlin,  and  in  1832  became  a  teacher  in  the  University 
of  Tubingen,  where  he  found  his  old  master  Baur.  His 
instinct  was  to  devote  himself  to  philosophical  teaching, 
but  the  authorities  obliged  him  to  remain  attached  to 
the  theological  faculty,  and  the  result  was  his  Leben 
Jesu,  or  "  Life  of  Jesus,"  which  appeared  in  1835.  The 
work  was  a  gigantic  success.  He  woke  up  to  find 
himself  famous,  but  an  outcast  without  a  future.  The 
conservatives  denounced  him  to  the  educational  authori 
ties,  and  he  was  deprived  of  his  modest  appointment  in 
the  university.  Barely  two  or  three  of  his  friends  had 
the  courage  to  take  up  the  cudgels  in  his  defence.  His 
work  went  through  many  editions,  by  no  means  reprints 
of  one  another.  The  third,  for  example,  made  some 
concessions  to  the  orthodox  standpoint,  which  he  took 
back  in  the  later  editions.  In  1839  the  chair  of 
Dogmatic  at  Zurich  was  offered  him,  but  there  such  an 
uproar  was  raised  by  pietists  that  the  Swiss  authorities 
revoked  the  appointment,  giving  him  a  small  pension 
instead.  After  that  he  spent  a  wandering  and  rather 
unhappy  life,  turning  his  pen  to  profane  history  and 
literary  criticism,  and  writing  among  other  things  a 
valuable  monograph  on  Reimarus.  In  1864  he  returned 
to  theology,  and  published  A  Life  of  Jesus  for  the 
German  People. 

1  "  Without  philosophy  history  remains  for  me  ever  dead  and 
dumb." 


io4  FOREIGN  WORK 

In  his  preface  to  this  he  remarks  on  the  happy 
change  which  had  taken  place  in  public  opinion  since 
1835,  when  his  enemies  complained  that  he  might  at 
least  have  concealed  his  thoughts  from  the  general 
public  by  writing-  in  Latin.  In  fact,  the  very  outcry 
against  him,  for  being  pitched  in  so  shrill  a  key,  had 
reached  the  ears  of  the  multitude,  and  so  drawn  the 
attention  of  thousands  to  a  subject  of  which  they  would 
otherwise  have  remained  in  ignorance.  He  closes  this 
preface  with  an  acknowledgment  of  the  value  of 
Renan's  work,  which  had  appeared  in  the  interim.  "  A 
book,"  he  writes,  "which,  almost  before  it  appeared, 
was  condemned  by  I  know  not  how  many  bishops,  and 
by  the  Roman  Curia  itself,  must  necessarily  be  a  most 
useful  book." 

Strauss  made  a  somewhat  ungenerous  attack  on  the 
French  nation  in  1870,  which  made  him  popular  for  a 
time  among  his  countrymen,  but  which  cannot  be 
otherwise  reg-arded  than  as  a  stain  on  a  singularly 
noble  and  upright  character.  Beside  his  prose  works, 
he  wrote  many  elegant  and  touching  poems. 

Because  Strauss  summarily  eliminated  the  super 
natural  element,  it  has  been  assumed  that  he  turned 
the  entire  story  of  Jesus  into  myth — this  by  those  who 
never  read  the  book  they  denounced,  and  will  hear 
nothing  of  a  Christ  who  is  not  through  and  through  a 
supernatural  being-. 

The  truth  is  that  Strauss  understood  far  better  than 
the  reactionaries  of  1835  the  conditions  under  which 
the  gospels  took  shape,  and  the  influences  which 
moulded  their  narratives.  His  critics  argued  that, 
since  the  first  and  fourth  evangelists  were  eye-witnesses 
and  took  part  in  the  miraculous  episodes,  their  narra 
tives  cannot  be  myths  in  any  sense  whatever.  Strauss 


DAVID  F.  STRAUSS. 


106  FOREIGN  WORK 

replied  that  the  outside  evidence  in  favour  of  their 
having-  been  eye-witnesses  is  slender,  and  the  internal 
evidence  nil.  In  this  matter  the  subsequent  develop 
ment  of  opinion,  even  in  orthodox  Church  circles,  has 
endorsed  Strauss's  position.  No  one  now  contends 
that  Matthew's  Gospel  is  other  than  the  work  of  an 
unknown  writer  who  compiled  it  out  of  Mark's  Gospel 
and  Q,  the  common  document  of  Matthew  and  Luke. 
As  to  John,  Professor  Sanday,  the  last  upholder  of  it, 
sacrifices  its  historicity  when  he  argues  that  none  but 
an  apostle  would  have  taken  such  liberties  with  the 
life  of  his  Master ;  and  the  Rev.  J.  M.  Thompson,1 
who  assuredly  voices  the  opinion  of  the  younger  and 
better  educated  of  the  English  clergy,  pronounces  this 
gospel  to  be  "  not  a  biography,  but  a  treatise  in 
theology."  "  Its  author,"  he  goes  on  to  observe,  "  would 
be  almost  as  ready  to  sacrifice  historical  truth  where 
it  clashes  with  his  dogmatic  purpose  as  he  is  (appar 
ently)  anxious  to  observe  it  where  it  illustrates  his 
point." 

Strauss  displayed  more  insight  than  Baur  when  he 
declared  that  the  single  generation  which  elapsed 
between  the  death  of  Jesus  and  the  date  of  the  earliest 
gospel  was  amply  long  enough  time  for  such  mythical 
accretions  as  we  find  to  gather  about  the  memory  of 
Jesus.  Messianic  ideas  of  the  Old  Testament,  early 
aspirations  of  believers,  the  desire  to  conform  the 
sparse  records  of  his  ministry  to  supposed  prophecies 
and  to  parallel  his  figure  with  those  of  Moses  and 
Elijah  —  these  and  many  other  influences  rapidly 
generated  in  a  credulous  age  and  society  the  Saga-like 
tales  of  the  gospels  about  his  miraculous  powers. 

1  Jesus  According  to  St.  Mark,  London,  1909,  p.  u. 


FOREIGN  WORK  107 


These   tales    Strauss    discussed    in    a   chapter   entitled 
"Storm,  Sea,  and  Fish  Stories." 

Strauss  was  the  first  German  writer  to  discern  the 
emptiness  for  historical  purposes  of  the  Fourth  Gospel, 
which  Schleiermacher  had  invested  with  a  halo  of 
authority,  and  by  which  even  Renan  was  deceived.  He 
pronounced  it  to  be  a  work  of  apologetic  Christology, 
composed  by  a  Gnostic  who  wished  to  uphold  the  flesh- 
and-blood  reality  of  Jesus  against  other  Gnostics  who 
denied  that  reality  and  resolved  him  into  a  merely 
phantasmal  being.  Advanced  critics  in  that  age  lauded 
this  gospel  because  it  contains  so  little  eschatology. 
That  single  fact,  replied  Strauss,  convicts  it  of  being 
both  late  and  false. 

Jesus  [he  wrote]  in  any  case  expected  that  he  would 
set  up  the  throne  of  David  afresh,  and  with  the  help  of 
his  twelve  disciples  reign  over  a  liberated  people.  Yet 
he  never  set  any  trust  in  the  swords  of  human  followers 
(Luke  xxii.  38,  Matt.  xxvi.  52),  but  only  in  the  legions  of 
angels,  which  his  heavenly  Father  would  send  to  his  aid 
(Matt.  xxvi.  53).  Wherever  he  speaks  of  his  advent  in 
Messianic  glory,  it  is  with  angels  and  heavenly  Hosts 
(i.e.,  not  with  human  warriors)  that  he  surrounds  himself 
(Matt.  xvi.  27,  xxiv.  30  ff.,  xxv.  31);  before  the  majesty 
of  a  Son  of  Man  coming  in  the  clouds  of  heaven  the 
Gentiles  will  bow  without  any  drawing  of  swords,  and 
at  the  call  of  the  Angel's  trumpet  will  along  with  the 
dead  risen  from  their  tombs  submit  themselves  for 
judgment  to  him  and  his  Twelve.  But  this  consumma 
tion  Jesus  did  not  hope  to  effect  by  his  own  will  ;  he  left 
it  to  the  heavenly  Father,  who  alone  knows  the  right 
moment  at  which  to  bring  about  the  catastrophe  (Mark 
xiii.  32),  to  give  him  the  signal.  That,  he  hoped,  would 
save  him  from  any  error  in  supposing  that  the  end  was 
reached  before  due  warning  was  given.  Let  those  who 
would  banish  this  point  of  view  from  the  background  of 


io8  FOREIGN  WORK 

Jesus's  Messianic  plan  and  outlook,  merely  because  it 
seems  to  turn  him  into  a  visionary,  only  reflect  how 
exactly  these  hopes  agreed  with  the  long-cherished 
Messianic  ideas  of  the  Jews,  and  how  easily  even  a 
sensible  man,  breathing  the  contemporary  atmosphere  of 
supernaturalism,  and  shut  up  in  the  narrow  circle  of 
Jewish  nationality,  might  be  drawn  over  to  a  belief, 
however  superstitious  in  itself,  provided  only  it  embodied 
the  national  point  of  view  and  also  contained  certain 
elements  of  truth  and  grandeur. 

The  eschatological  aspects  of  Jesus's  Gospel  could 
not  be  better  summed  up  than  in  the  above  ;  and  equally 
admirable  are  the  remarks  which  follow  on  the  Last 
Supper : — 

When  Jesus  ended  this  feast  with  the  words,  Henceforth 
I  "will  not  again  drink  of  the  fruit  of  the  vine,  until  I 
drink  it  with  you  new  in  my  Father's  Kingdom,  he  must 
have  anticipated  that  the  Passover  would  be  celebrated 
in  the  Messianic  kingdom  with  special  solemnity.  If, 
therefore,  he  assures  his  disciples  that  he  will  next  enjoy 
this  annually  recurring  feast,  not  in  this,  but  in  the  next 
age  (tzori),  that  shows  that  he  expected  this  pre-Messianic 
world-order  to  be  removed  and  the  Messianic  to  take  its 
place  within  the  year. 

Here  Strauss  anticipates  Wellhausen  and  other  intel 
ligent  commentators  of  to-day.  With  the  same  firm 
insight  he  traces  the  gradual  emergence  in  Jesus  of  the 
consciousness  that  he  was  himself  the  promised 
Messiah.  In  Matt.  xii.  8  he  remarks,  here  again  antici 
pating  the  best  recent  criticism,  that  the  Son  of  Man 
in  the  text,  "  The  Son  of  Man  is  Lord  also  of  the  Sabbath" 
may  mean  simply  Man  in  general ;  but  in  another  class 
of  passages,  where  Jesus  speaks  of  the  Son  of  Man,  a 
supernatural  person  is  intended  wholly  distinct  from 
himself,  as  the  Messiah  generically.  This,  for  example, 


FOREIGN  WORK  109 


is  the  natural  interpretation  of  the  passage  Matt.  x.  23, 
where  at  the  sending  forth  of  the  disciples  he  assures 
them  that  they  will  not  have  completed  their  tour  of  the 
Jewish  cities  before  the  Son  of  Man  shall  come.  Here 
surely  Jesus  speaks  of  the  Messiah  as  being  himself  the 
Messiah's  forerunner.  In  that  case  this  utterance  must 
belong  to  the  earliest  period  of  his  career,  before  he  recog 
nised  himself  to  be  the  Messiah.  As  Dr.  Schweitzer, 
to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  the  above  remarks,  says 
(p.  89),  Strauss  hardly  realised  the  importance  of  the 
remark  which  he  here  throws  out,  but  it  contains  the 
kernel  of  the  solution  of  the  problem  of  the  Son  of  Man 
recently  provided  by  the  most  acute  of  German  critics, 
Johannes  Weiss.1 

Strauss  also  goes  far  to  explain  the  genesis  of  Paul's 
conception  of  Jesus  as  a  pre-existent  being.  Jesus,  he 
argues,  clearly  conceived  of  his  Messianic  role  as 
involving  this  much— namely,  that  he,  the  Born  of 
Earth,  was  to  be  taken  up  into  heaven  after  he  had 
completed  his  earthly  career,  and  was  to  return  thence 
in  glory  in  order  to  inaugurate  the  Kingdom  of  God  on 
earth. 

Now,  in  the  higher  Jewish  theology,  immediately  after 
the  age  of  Jesus,  we  meet  with  the  idea  of  a  pre-existence 
of  the  Messiah.  The  supposition,  therefore,  lies  near  at 
hand  that  the  same  idea  was  already  current  at  the  time 
when  Jesus  was  becoming  known  ;  and  that — once  he 
apprehended  himself  as  Messiah — he  may  have  appro 
priated  to  himself  this  further  trait  of  Messianic  por 
traiture.  The  only  question  is  whether  Jesus  was  so 
deeply  initiated  as  Paul  in  the  school-wisdom  of  his 
age,  so  as  to  have  borrowed  from  it  this  notion. 

1  Die  Predigt  Jesu  vom  Reiche  Got/es—i.e.,  "Jesus'  Preaching 
of  the  Kingdom  of  God."     First  edition  1892,  second  1900. 


no  FOREIGN  WORK 

That  Jesus  expected  to  come  amid  clouds  and  with 
the  angelic  hosts  to  usher  in  his  kingdom  is,  according 
to  Strauss,  quite  certain.  The  only  question  is  whether 
he  expected  his  own  death  to  intervene,  or  only  thought 
that  the  glorious  moment  would  surprise  him  in  the 
midst  of  this  life.  From  Matt.  x.  23  and  xvi.  28  one 
might  infer  the  latter.  But  it  always  remains  possible 
that,  supposing  he  later  on  came  to  anticipate  his 
death  as  certain,  his  ideas  may  have  shaped  themselves 
by  way  of  a  final  form  into  what  is  expressed  in 
Matt.  xxvi.  64. 

Strauss's  chief  defect  was  that  he  did  not  pay  enough 
attention  to  the  relations  in  which  the  synoptic  gospels 
stand  to  one  another,  and  his  neglect  of  this  problem 
obscured  for  him  many  features  of  the  first  and  third 
gospels.  Like  Schleiermacher,  he  believed  Mark's 
gospel  to  be  a  mere  compilation  from  the  other  two, 
and  regarded  it  as  a  satellite  of  Matthew's  gospel  without 
any  light  of  its  own.  The  many  graphic  touches  which 
distinguish  this  gospel  were,  so  he  argued,  Saga-like 
exaggerations  of  the  compiler.  His  work  would  have 
gained  in  clearness  and  grasp  if  he  had  understood  that 
Mark's  gospel  forms  the  basis  of  the  other  two 
synoptists,  and  furnishes  them  with  the  order  in  which 
they  arrange  their  incidents.  Without  this  clue  a 
critic  or  commentator  is  sure  to  go  beating  about  the 
bush  after  the  manner  of  an  old-fashioned  harmonist, 
here  laying  stress  on  Matthew's  sequence  of  events, 
there  upon  Luke's  ;  whereas,  in  point  of  fact,  neither 
of  them  had  any  real  guide  except  Mark,  from  whose 
order  of  events  they  only  departed  in  order  to  pursue 
that  of  their  unassisted  imaginations. 

The  circumstances  of  Renan's  life  are  so  well  known 
that  I  need  not  repeat  them.  Who  has  not  read  that 


FOREIGN  WORK  in 


most  exquisite  of  autobiographies,  the  Souvenirs 
(TEnfance  cf  dc  Jcuncsse,  in  which  he  leads  us  along 
the  path  of  his  intellectual  emancipation  from  being  the 
inmate  of  a  clerical  seminary,  first  in  his  native  Breton 
village  and  then  in  Paris,  to  becoming  the  author  of 
The  Life  of  Jesus,  The  Apostles  ( 1 866),  *  Antichrist  ( 1873), 
The  Gospels  (1877),  St.  Paul  (1869),  Marcus  Aurelius 
(1881).  These  volumes  will  continue  to  be  read  for 
their  glamour  of  style,  no  less  than  for  their  candour 
and  nobility  of  sentiment ;  for  on  all  that  he  wrote, 
however  technical  and  learned  the  subject-matter, 
Renan  set  the  stamp  of  his  character  and  personality. 
But  these  volumes  also  impress  us  by  the  vast  learning 
which  lies  behind  them.  German  theologians  too  often 
overwhelm  us  by  their  learning,  and  in  reading  them 
we  cannot  see  the  wood  for  the  trees.  But  Renan 
never  committed  this  fault.  Hardly  a  page  of  his 
that  does  not  help  us  to  a  clear  perspective  of  the 
period  and  subject  he  is  handling.  He  contrasts  with 
clumsy  but  learned  writers  like  Keim,  as  a  graceful 
symmetrical  city  like  Perugia  set  on  a  hill  amid  Italian 
skies  contrasts  with  an  English  manufacturing  city,  a 
planless  congeries  of  vulgar  abominations  framed  in 
grime  and  smoke  and  dirt.  The  fanatics  chased  Renan 
in  1862  from  the  chair  he  held  of  Semitic  studies,  and 
he  was  only  restored  by  the  French  Republic  in  1871  ; 
but  he  was  not  in  the  least  embittered  by  the  experi 
ence,  and,  in  spite  of  their  volleys  of  execration,  he 
continued  to  the  end  to  cherish  the  kindliest  feelings 
towards  a  clergy  he  had  so  narrowly  escaped  from 
joining. 

Of  the  works  enumerated  The  Life  of  Jesus,  though 

1  Translated  by  W.  G.  Hutchison  for  the  R.  P.  A.,  1905. 


ERNEST  RENAN. 


FOREIGN  WORK  113 

it  is  the  best  known,  is  not  the  most  valuable  ;  for 
when  he  wrote  it  Renan  was  still  under  the  spell  of  the 
fourth  gospel,  and  inclined  to  use  it  as  an  embodiment 
of  genuine  traditions  unknown  to  and  therefore  unre 
corded  by  the  other  three  evangelists.  Then,  again, 
his  portraiture  of  Jesus  as  a  simpering,  sentimental 
person,  sometimes  stooping  to  tricks,  must  grate  upon 
many  who  yet  are  not  in  the  least  devout  believers. 

There  is  thus  some  justification  for  Schweitzer's  verdict 
that  it  is  waxworks,  lyrical  and  stagey.  Renan,  how 
ever,  in  approaching  the  study  of  the  gospels,  had  at 
least  the  great  advantage  of  being  a  good  Hebrew  and 
Talmudic  scholar  ;  and  only  want  of  space  forbids  me 
to  cite  many  excellent  passages  inspired  by  this  lore. 
The  single  one  I  can  give  is  from  Les  Evangiles,  p.  97, 
and  bears  on  the  date  of  the  Synoptic  Gospels  : — 

We  doubt  whether  this  collection  of  narratives, 
aphorisms,  parables,  prophetic  citations,  can  have  been 
committed  to  writing  earlier  than  the  death  of  the 
Apostles  and  before  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem.  It  is 
towards  the  year  75  that  we  conjecturally  set  the  moment 
at  which  were  sketched  out  the  features  of  that  image 
before  which  eighteen  centuries  have  knelt.  Batanea, 
where  the  brethren  of  Jesus  lived,  and  whither  the 
remains  of  the  Church  of  Jerusalem  had  fled,  seems  to 
have  been  the  district  where  this  important  work  was 
accomplished.  The  language  used  was  that  in  which 
Jesus's  own  words — words  that  men  knew  by  heart — 
were  couched  ;  that  is  to  say,  the  Syro-Chaldaic,  wrongly 
denominated  Hebrew.  Jesus's  brethren  and  the  refugee 
Christians  from  Jerusalem  spoke  this  language,  which 
indeed  differed  little  from  that  of  such  inhabitants  of 
Batanea  as  had  not  adopted  Greek.  It  was  in  this 
dialect,  obscure  and  devoid  of  literary  culture,  that  was 
traced  the  first  pencil  sketch  of  the  book  which  has 
charmed  so  many  souls.  No  doubt,  if  the  Gospel  had 


ii4  FOREIGN  WORK 


remained  a  Hebrew  or  Syriac  book,  its  fortunes  would 
soon  have  been  cut  short.  It  was  in  a  Greek  dress  that 
the  Gospel  was  destined  to  reach  perfection  and  assume 
the  final  form  in  which  it  has  gone  round  the  world. 
Still  we  must  not  forget  that  the  Gospel  was,  to  begin 
with,  a  Syrian  book,  written  in  a  Semitic  language.  The 
style  of  the  Gospel,  that  charming  trick  of  childlike 
narrative  which  recalls  the  limpidest  pages  of  the  old 
Hebrew  Scriptures,  pervaded  by  a  sort  of  ideal  ether  that 
the  ancient  people  knew  not,  has  in  it  nothing  Hellenic. 
It  is  based  on  Hebrew. 

In  this  volume  Renan  corrected  the  error  into  which 
he  had  fallen  of  over-rating  the  historical  value  of  the 
fourth  gospel.  His  appreciations  ot  the  other  gospels 
are  very  just,  and  he  rightly  rejects  the  opinion,  which 
still  governed  most  minds,  that  the  second  gospel  is  a 
compilation  from  the  first  and  third. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
ENGLISH  WORK 

FAR  back  in  the  nineteenth  century  the  task  of  intro 
ducing  to  the  English  public  in  translations  the  works 
of  the  more  scholarly  and  open-minded  works  ot 
German  theologians  already  began,  and  Strauss's  Life 
of  Jesus  was  twice  published  in  our  tongue,  first  in 
1846,  and  again  in  1865.  The  earlier  translator 
deplores  the  fact  that  "  no  respectable  English  pub 
lisher  "  would  attempt  the  publication  of  his  book 
"from  a  fear  of  persecution."  The  Anglican  clergy, 
much  more  the  Nonconformist,  remained  untouched  by 
the  new  learning  until  the  last  two  or  three  decades  of 
that  century  ;  and  it  is  a  significant  fact  that  the  only 
work  of  its  middle  time  which  really  threw  light  on  the 
composition  of  the  gospels,  or  would  have  done  so 
could  anyone  in  theological  circles  have  been  induced 
to  read  it,  was  the  work  of  a  layman,  James  Smith,  of 
Jordanstown,  a  leading  geologist  and  a  F.R.S.  In  his 
Dissertation  on  the  Origin  and  Connection  of  the  Gospels 
(Blackwood,  1853)  we  find  an  abundance  of  shrewd 
surmises  and  conclusions.  Thus,  a  propos  of  the 
multiplicity  of  readings  found  in  MSS. — a  multiplicity 
which  sorely  scandalised  the  believers  in  verbal  inspira 
tion,  who  were  puzzled  to  say  which  one  of  ten  different 
readings  in  a  single  passage  was  due  to  the  Holy 
Ghost  rather  than  to  a  copyist— Smith  remarks  that 
"  there  is  a  greater  amount  of  verbal  agreement  in  the 
more  modern  MSS.  than  we  find  in  the  earliest  existing 

"5 


u6  ENGLISH  WORK 

ones."  Here  is  a  truth  to  which  critics  are  only  just 
now  waking  up — viz.,  that  the  text  was  never  in  any 
degree  fixed  until  it  was  canonised  and  consecrated. 
Till  then  it  was  more  or  less  in  flux.  For  the  rest, 
Smith  argued  that  Luke  and  Matthew  used  the  Hebrew 
original,  of  which  Mark  was  the  translator,  rather  than 
that  they  used  our  Mark.  This  was  an  error,  but  an 
error  in  the  direction  of  the  truth.  It  is  impossible, 
however,  to  acquiesce  in  the  view  that  the  agreement 
between  Matthew  and  Mark  is  translational  only, 
except  insofar  as  Mark  in  rendering-  his  source  (as  to 
which  Smith  accepted  Papias's  tradition  that  he  was 
interpreter  of  Peter)  made  much  use  of  an  earlier 
version  of  the  same  made  by  Matthew.  Luke,  he 
believed,  wrote  with  both  Mark  and  Matthew  before 
him. 

But  Smith's  real  achievement  was  to  overthrow  the 
old  superstition  that  inspired  evangelists  could  not  have 
written  at  all  except  in  complete  independence  of  one 
another,  and  without  the  servile  necessity  of  copying 
common  documents.  English  divines  rightly  felt  that 
the  citadel  of  inspiration  was  breached  if  it  were  once 
proved  that  the  Evangelists  copied  either  one  another 
or  common  documents  ;  and  sound  criticism  could  not 
take  root  among  them  until  this  prejudice  was  dispelled. 
It  has  practically  vanished  to-day ;  but  it  vanished 
tardily,  and  divines  are  now  employed  in  devising 
plasters  and  bandages  to  cover  the  wounds  inflicted  on 
their  faith.  It  seems  strange  that  nineteenth-century 
divines  could  not  admit  what,  as  James  Smith  remarks, 
was  obvious  to  the  early  Fathers  ;  yet  so  it  was.  For 
example,  Augustine  wrote  thus  of  the  Evangelists  : — 

We  do  not  find  that  they  were  minded,  each  of  them, 
to  write  as  if  he  was  ignorant  of  his  fellow  who  went 


ENGLISH  WORK 


before  him,  nor  that  the  one  left  out  by  ignorance  what 
we  find  another  writing.1 

Augustine  also  believed  that  Mark  had  Matthew  before 
him,  and  followed  him. 

Even  the  celebrated  Dr.  Lardner,  in  his  History  of  the 
Apostles  and  Evangelists,  was  wedded  to  this  hypothesis 
of  the  mutual  independence  of  the  gospels.  He  and 
others  of  his  age  deemed  it  to  be  evident  from  the 
nature  and  design  of  the  first  three  gospels  that  their 
authors  had  not  seen  any  authentic  history  of  Jesus 
Christ ;  and  the  fact  that  the  Synoptists  "have  several 
things  peculiar  to  themselves"  was  held  to  "show  that 
they  did  not  borrow  from  each  other  ";a  yet  more  "  the 
seeming  [mark  well  the  meiosis  of  the  professional 
divine !]  contradictions  which  exist  in  the  first  three 
gospels"  were  adduced  as  "evidence  that  the  Evan 
gelists  did  not  write  by  concert,  or  after  having  seen 
each  other's  gospels." 

Dr.  Davidson,  a  comparatively  liberal  divine,  and  one 
who  suffered  for  his  liberality,  argued  in  the  same  way 
in  his  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament.  Smith,  how 
ever,  wrote  in  answer  as  follows  : — 

There  is  not  a  single  phenomenon  adduced  in  proof 

that  the  Evangelists  made  no  use  of  the  works  of  their 

predecessors,  but  what  may  be  met  with  in  these  modern 

contemporary  historians,  in  cases  where  we  know  that 

they  did  make  use  of  the  works  of  their  predecessors. 

This    position    he   proved   incontestably  by  confronting 

in    parallel   columns  narratives  of  the  same  incidents 

written   by  Sir  Archibald  Alison   in  his  History  of  the 

French  Revolution,  by  General  Napier,  and  by  Suchet  in 

1  De  Cons.  Evang.,  I.,  c.  i. 

•  So  Home  in  his  now  forgotten  Introduction  to  the  Bible. 


n8  ENGLISH  WORK 

his  Memoirs  of  the  war  in  Spain.  Napier  was  an  eye 
witness,  and  also  used  Suchet.  Alison  used  both.  To 
the  divines  of  that  generation  who  fell  back  on  the  soft 
option  of  oral  tradition,  because  that  alternative  was  to 
their  minds  least  incompatible  with  verbal  inspiration, 
Smith  replied  in  words  which  put  the  matter  in  a  nut 
shell.  He  writes  (p.  xlviii.) : — - 

A  stereotyped  cyclus  of  oral  tradition  never  did  nor  ever 
can  exist.  Even  poetry  cannot  be  repeated  without 
variations. 

There  is  one  phenomenon  peculiar  to  compositions 
derived  from  the  same  written  sources,  which  may  be 
termed  the  phenomenon  of  tallying1.  The  writers  may 
add  matter  drawn  from  other  sources,  or  they  leave  out 
passages  ;  but  ever  and  anon  they  return  to  the  original 
authority,  where  they  will  be  found  to  tally  with  each 
other  ;  but  it  is  only  in  such  cases  that  such  correspon 
dences  occur.  Hence,  when  they  do  occur,  we  are 
warranted  in  inferring  the  existence  of  a  written  original. 

Mr.  W.  G.  Rushbrooke,  at  the  instance  and  with  the 
issistance  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  Edwin  A.  Abbott,1  Headmaster 
of  the  City  of  London  School,  finally  settled  the  matter 
in  a  work  entitled  Synopticon  (London,  1880).  In  this 
he  arranged  in  parallel  columns  the  texts  of  Mark, 
Matthew,  and  Luke,  picking-  out  in  red  whatever  is 
common  to  all  three,  and  in  other  distinctive  types 
whatever  any  two  of  them  share  in  common.  The 
originality  of  Mark  was  thus  demonstrated  once  for  all. 
There  are  barely  half-a-dozen  passages  which  suggest 
that  Matthew  had  access  to  the  ulterior  documents  used 
by  Mark  ;  so  complete  is  his  dependence  on  the  latter, 
as  he  has  been  transmitted  to  us.  It  was  not,  of  course, 

1  With  the  collaboration  of  another  distinguished  Cambridge 
scholar.  Dr.  Hort. 


ENGLISH  WORK  119 

a  new  view.  Herder  had  discerned  the  fact,  and  the 
German  scholar  Lachmann  had  pointed  out  as  early  as 
1835,  in  his  Studien  und  Kritiken,  that  Mark  provided 
the  mould  in  which  the  matter  of  Matthew  and  Luke 
was  cast.  "  The  diversity  of  order  in  the  g-ospel  narra 
tives  is,"  he  wrote,  "not  so  great  as  appears  to  many. 
It  is  greatest  if  you  compare  them  all  with  one  another, 
or  Luke  with  Matthew ;  small  if  you  compare  Mark 
separately  with  the  other  two."  In  other  words,  Mark 
provides  the  common  term  between  Luke  and  Matthew. 
The  matter  is  so  plain  if  we  glance  at  a  single  page  of 
the  Synopticon  that  one  wonders  at  anyone  ever  having 
had  any  doubts  about  it. 

And  here  we  are  led  to  refer  to  the  famous  contro 
versy  between  Bishop  Lightfoot  and  the  author  of  a 
work  entitled  Supernatural  Religion,  of  which  the  first 
edition  appeared  in  1874  anonymously  from  the  pen  of 
Mr.  Walter  R.  Cassels.  In  that  work  it  was  argued 
that  our  Gospels  of  Matthew  and  Mark  cannot  be  those 
signified  by  Papias,  whose  words,  as  quoted  by  Euse- 
bius,  run  thus  : — 

Mark  became  the  interpreter  of  Peter,  and  wrote  down 
accurately  as  much  as  he  (?  Mark  or  Peter)  remembered 
(or  reminded  him  of),  not,  however,  in  order,  of  what  was 
either  said  or  done  by  Christ.  For  he  neither  heard  the 
Lord,  nor  was  one  of  his  followers  ;  but  later  on  became, 
as  I  have  said,  a  follower  of  Peter,  who  suited  his 
teachings  to  people's  needs,  without  making  an  orderly 
array  of  the  Dominical  words  ;  so  that  Mark  committed 
no  error  in  thus  writing  down  certain  things  as  he  could 
recollect  them  ;  for  his  one  concern  was  to  omit  nothing 
he  heard,  and  to  falsify  nothing  therein. 

Matthew,  however,  composed  (or  set  in  order)  the 
Logia  (or  oracles)  in  the  Hebrew  dialect,  and  everyone 
interpreted  them  as  best  he  could. 


120  ENGLISH  WORK 

Lightfoot  waxed  ironical,  because  the  author  of 
Supernatural  Religion  questioned  if  our  Mark  were  the 
same  as  the  Mark  of  Papias.  But,  if  Papias's  Matthew 
was  quite  another  document  than  ours,  why  not  also  his 
Mark  ? — the  more  so  because  his  description  of  Mark  as 
a  work  devoid  of  chronological  order  ill  suits  the  Mark 
which  stands  in  our  Bibles  ;  for  the  latter  is  most 
careful  about  the  order  of  events,  and  provides  a 
skeleton  order  for  the  other  two  Evangelists.  Except 
in  so  far  as  they  both  follow  Mark,  the  two  other 
synoptists  exhibit  no  order  of  events  whatever. 

For  the  rest,  Lightfoot  proved  that  his  antagonist 
misinterpreted  Eusebius's  use  of  Papias.  For  where 
the  historian  merely  states  that  Papias  used  and  quoted 
certain  books  of  the  New  Testament — like  the  Johannine 
Epistles  —  which,  as  not  being  accepted  by  all  the 
Churches,  were  called  Antilegomena,  Mr.  Cassels  over- 
hastily  inferred  Eusebius  to  mean  that  Papias  did  not 
know  of  other  cognate  Scriptures  universally  received 
in  the  Eusebian  age  ;  for  example,  the  fourth  gospel. 
In  the  case  of  generally  received  books,  Eusebius  was 
not  concerned  to  inform  us  whether  or  not  he  had  found 
them  cited  in  Papias,  and  therefore  in  such  cases  no 
argument  can  be  based  on  his  silence.  Papias  may  or 
may  not  have  had  them.  We  only  know  for  certain 
that  he  had  those  of  the  Antilegomena,  which  Eusebius 
declares  he  had. 

The  Bishop  was  also  able  to  pick  a  few  hcles  in  his 
adversary's  scholarship,  and  to  refute  his  thesis  that  our 
Luke  is  merely  a  later  edition  of  Marcion's  Gospel.  He 
could  not,  however,  touch  the  chapter  on  the  Authorship 
and  Character  of  the  Fourth  Gospel,  and  had  nothing  to 
oppose  to  the  remarkable  opening  chapters  on  Miracles, 
except  the  usual  commonplaces  of  hazy  pietism.  In 


i:\uLISH  WORK  121 


critical  outlook  Lightfoot  held  no  superiority,  though 
he  was  a  better  scholar  and,  within  the  narrow  circle  of 
his  premises,  a  more  careful  and  accurate  worker. 

Not  that,  on  the  other  hand,  the  book  he  criticised  has 
not  grave  shortcomings.  In  general  it  underestimates 
the  external  evidence  in  favour  of  the  age  of  the  Synoptic 
gospels  ;  and  its  author  has  no  clear  idea  either  of  the 
relations  in  which  they  stand  to  each  other,  or  of  the 
supreme  importance  of  ascertaining  those  relations 
correctly.  He  moved  exclusively  in  the  circle  of  Baur's 
ideas,  and  had  neglected  other  German  books  of  equal 
weight,  like  those  of  C.  H.  Weisse  and  C.  G.  Wilke, 
published  in  1838.  The  index  of  the  book  has  no 
refsrence  to  the  eschatology  of  the  gospels  and  of 
Paul ;  and  to  this  important  subject  it  contains  few, 
and  those  few  the  most  meagre,  references.  In  all  these 
respects,  however,  Dr.  Lightfoot  was  as  poorly  equipped 
as  Mr.  Cassels. 

Another  famous  controversy  which  aroused  the  Oxford 
and  Cambridge  of  my  youth  (1880-1890)  was  that  of 
Dean  Burgon  with  the  Revisers  of  the  English  Bible, 
and  especially  of  the  New  Testament.  This  quarrel  raged 
around  the  so-called  Received  Text,  or  Textus  Receptus. 
Before  the  year  1633  such  a  term  was  unknown  ;  but  in 
that  year  the  Elzevir  firm  in  Leiden  and  Amsterdam 
issued  a  slightly  revised  text  of  Beza's  New  Testament 
(of  1565),  which  was,  in  turn,  little  more  than  a  reprint 
of  Stephanus's  or  Estienne's  fourth  edition  of  1551. 
That,  in  turn,  was  a  reprint  of  a  large  edition  called  the 
Rcgia,  or  Royal,  which  gave  Erasmus's  first  text  with 
variants  from  fifteen  MSS.,  and  from  the  Spanish 
Editio  Princeps  of  Alcala.  Erasmus's  edition  was 
based  on  half-a-dozen  late  MSS.  Now,  an  unknown 
scholar  who  prepared  this  edition  of  1633  wrote  in  his 


W.  J.  BURGOO,  Dean  of  Chichester. 


ENGLISH  WORK  123 


preface  the  words  :  "  Here,  then,  you  have  the  text  now 
received  by  all,  in  which  we  give  nothing  altered  or 
corrupt." 

Altered   from  what?     There  was   no  standard,   save 
the  earlier  editions,  and  these  represented  only  a  score 
or  so  of  the  1,300  cursive  MSS.  now  known  to  exist,  and 
not  a  single  one  of  the  twelve  great  uncial  MSS.  of  the 
gospels  ranging  from  the  fourth  to  the  ninth  century. 
During   the    eighteenth  century  further    editions   were 
issued  of  the  New  Testament  by  such  scholars  as  John 
Mill,  Wells,  Bentley,  and  Mace  in  England  ;   by  Ben-el, 
Wettstein,  Semler,  Griesbach,  and  Matthai  abroad,  who 
continually  collated    fresh    MSS.  and  ancient  versions, 
either  adding  the  new  variants  below  the  text  or  even 
introducing    them    into    the    text.      In    the    nineteenth 
century  Carl  Lachmann  (1831)  issued  at  Berlin  the  first 
really  scientific  text  of  the  New  Testament.     He  followed 
the  earliest  MSS.,  and  gave  weight  to  the  very  ancient 
Latin  versions  of  Africa  and  Italy.     He  remarked  that  an 
editor  who  confined  himself  to  the  most  ancient  sources 
could  find  no  use  for  the  so-called  Received  Text ;  and 
he  accordingly   relegated   the  readings  of   this   to   the 
obscurity  of  an  appendix.      He  followed  up  this  edition 
with  later  ones  in  1842  and  1850,  expanding  each  time 
his  critical  apparatus.1 

If  Lachmann  had  been  an  orthodox  divine,  he  might 
have  shrunk  from  such  innovations ;  but  he  was  primarily 
a  classical  scholar,  concerned  with  the  texts  of  Homer 
Lucretius,  and  other  profane  authors ;   and  he  merely 
brought  to  the  study  of  the  New  Testament  text  the 

«  Critical  apparatus   is    the   technical   term   for  the  tabulated 
textual   vanants  taken   from  MSS.   and  added,  so 

of  the  editor 


i24  ENGLISH  WORK 

critical  canons  and  the  principles  of  candour  and  honesty 
in  common  vogue  among-  classical  philologists.  But  he 
reaped  the  reward  of  unpopularity  which  is  in  store  for 
all  who  discover  anything  that  is  new  or  true  in  the  field 
of  religion.  The  pietists  had  been  growling  for  over  a 
century  at  the  number  of  various  readings  printed  by 
scholars  in  their  editions  of  the  New  Testament,  and 
cudgelling  their  brains  how  to  reconcile  all  these  diver 
sities  of  text  and  meaning  with  the  supposed  inspiration 
of  the  book.  To  such  minds  Lachmann's  edition,  which 
set  aside  with  contempt  the  entire  Textus  Receptus, 
savoured  of  open  blasphemy,  and  in  a  hundred  keys 
they  let  him  know  it.  But  the  world  was  moving,  and 
the  new  developments  of  Old  Testament  criticism 
encouraged  students  of  the  New  Testament  to  bolder 
flights.  Colenso  seemed  to  suffer  for  the  advancement 
of  Hebrew  studies  only  ;  but  the  persecutions  he  endured 
nerved  younger  men  with  honest  hearts  to  undertake 
the  study  of  the  New  Testament  in  the  same  free  spirit. 
In  Germany  Constantine  Tischendorf  carried  on  the 
good  work  of  Lachmann,  discovering  and  editing  many 
new  MSS.,  and  in  particular  the  great  uncial  of  the 
Convent  of  Sinai,  called  by  scholars  Aleph.  In  England 
Scrivener,  Tregelles,  Westcott,  and  Hort  devoted  their 
lives  to  the  accumulation  of  new  material  and  to  the 
preparation  of  better  editions. 

At  last,  in  1870,  the  English  clergy  awoke  to  the 
fact  that  the  Received  Text  as  given  in  the  old 
authorised  version  of  King  James's  translators  was  no 
longer  satisfactory,  and  the  two  Houses  of  Convocation 
appointed  a  body  of  revisers  to  prepare  a  new  English 
Version.  This  was  issued  in  1881,  and  the  editors 
state  in  their  preface  the  reasons  which  justified  its 
appearance.  The  editions  of  Stephanus  and  Beza,  and 


ENGLISH  WORK  12S 


the  Complutensian  Polyglott,  from  which  the  authorised 
English  version  was  made,  were,  they  allege,  "based 
on  manuscripts  of  late  date,  few  in  number,  and  used 
with  little  critical  skill." 

This  Revised  Version  of  1881  marks  a  great  advance 
in  interpretation  insofar  as  it  is  based  on  the  earliest 
known  MSS.,  and  especially  on  the  great  uncials  ;  and 
also  in  that,  wherever  practicable,  it  adheres  to  the 
same  English  equivalent  of  a  Greek  word  or  phrase. 
This  uniformity  in  the  rendering  of  the  same  words 
enables  a  student  who  knows  no  Greek  to  trace  out 
accurately  the  triple  and  double  traditions  in  the  texts 
of  the  gospels.  Its  defects  briefly  are,  firstly,  that, 
owing  to  the  number  of  the  scholars  employed  in 
revising,  and  the  difficulty  of  getting  them  to  agree, 
the  text  often  has  the  patchwork  appearance  of  a  com 
promise  ;  and,  secondly,  that,  inasmuch  as  they  were 
orthodox  and  somewhat  timid  divines,  the  more 
orthodox  of  two  or  more  ancient  readings  or  interpre 
tations  is  commonly  printed  in  the  text,  the  rival  ones 
being  consigned  to  the  margin  or  altogether  ignored 
for  fear  of  shocking  the  weaker  brethren.  A  genuine 
scholar  detects  on  many  a  page  of  it  the  work  of  rather 
weak-kneed  people. 

Nonetheless  it  was  too  strong  meat  for  the  run  of 
the  English  clergy,  who  found  a  spokesman  in  the  Rev. 
William  Burgon,  a  Fellow  of  Oriel  College  in  Oxford, 
vicar  of  the  University  Church,  and  finally  Dean  of 
Chichester,  an  old-fashioned  scholar  of  much  learning, 
and  a  master  of  mordant  wit  and  incisive  language.  He 
fell  upon  his  fellow-divines  with  a  fury  which  provoked 
much  amusement  among  the  scoffers,  and  if  his  bons  mots 
could  have  been  printed  in  a  cheap  form  and  dissemi 
nated  among  the  crowd,  I  venture  to  think  they  would 


126  ENGLISH  WORK 


have  been  more  effective  than  all  the  lectures  of  Mr. 
Bradlaug-h  and  Colonel  Ing-ersoll  for  the  cause  that 
those  lecturers  had  at  heart.  I  copy  out  a  few  flosculi 
from  the  good  Dean's  articles  in  the  Quarterly  Review, 
entitled  "  The  Revision  Revised,"  and  from  his  Epistle 
of  Protest  addressed  to  Bishop  Ellicott,  who  had  acted 
as  president  of  the  committee  of  Revisers. 

Drs.  Westcott  and  Hort,  of  Cambridge,  were  by  far 
the  most  competent  of  the  Revisers,  who  as  a  rule 
deferred,  and  wisely,  to  their  judgment,  taking  as  their 
standard  the  Greek  text  of  the  New  Testament  prepared 
by  them.  Of  these  scholars,  therefore,  Burgon  writes  : — 

The  absolute  absurdity  (I  use  the  word  advisedly  of 
Westcott  and  Hort's  New  Textual  Theory) 

In  their  solemn  pages  an  attentive  reader  finds  himself 
encountered  by  nothing  but  a  series  of  unsupported 
assumptions 

Their  (so-called)  "Theory"  is  in  reality  nothing  else 
but  a  weak  effort  of  the  imagination. 

Of  the  Revision  itself  he  writes  : — 

It  is  the  most  astonishing  as  well  as  the  most 
calamitous  literary  blunder  of  the  age 

Their  (the  Revisers')  uncouth  phraseology  and  their 
jerky  sentences,  their  pedantic  obscurity  and  their 
unidiomatic  English 

The  systematic  depravation  of  the  underlying  Greek  is 
nothing  else  but  a  poisoning  of  the  River  of  Life  at  its 
sacred  source.  Our  Revisers  (with  the  best  and  purest 
intentions,  no  doubt)  stand  convicted  of  having  deliber 
ately  rejected  the  words  of  inspiration  in  every  page 

Of  the  five  oldest  Greek  manuscripts  on  which  the 
Revisers  relied,  called  by  scholars  for  sake  of  reference 
Aleph  A  B  C  D,  the  Dean  writes  that  they 

are  among  the  most  corrupt  documents  extant.     Each  of 


ENGLISH  WORK  I2; 


these  codices  (Aleph  B  D)  clearly  exhibits  a  fabricated 
text— is  the  result  of  arbitrary  and  reckless  recension 

The  two  most  weighty  of  these  codices,  Aleph  and 
B,  he  likens  to  the  "  two  false  witnesses  "  of  Matt  xxvi. 
6p.  Of  these  two  I  have  supplied  my  readers  with  fac 
similes  (see  pp.  7  and  37). 

^  But  it  is  on  Bishop  Ellicott  that  he  empties  out  the 
vials  of  his  wrath  in  such  terms  as  the  following- : 

You,  my  Lord  Bishop,  who  have  never  gone  deeply 
into  the  subject,  repose  simply  on  prejudice.  Never 
having  at  anytime  collated  codices  Aleph  A  B  C  D  for 
yourself,  you  are  unable  to  gainsay  a  single  statement  of 
mine  by  a  counter-appeal  to  facts.  Your  textual  learning 
proves  to  have  been  all  obtained  at  secondhand 

Did  you  ever  take  the  trouble  to  collate  a  sacred  MS.? 
If  you  ever  did,  pray  with  what  did  you  make  your 
collation? 

You  flout  me  :  you  scold  me  :  you  lecture  me.  But  I 
do  not  find  that  you  ever  answer  me.  You  reproduce 
the  theory  of  Drs.  Westcott  and  Hort— which  I  claim  to 

have  demolished Denunciation,  my  Lord  Bishop,  is 

not  argument ;  neither  is  reiteration  proof. 

Not  only  have  you,  on  countless  occasions,  thrust  out 
words,  clauses,  entire  sentences,  of  genuine  Scripture, 
but  you  have  been  careful  that  no  trace  shall  survive  of 
the  fatal  injury  which  you  have  inflicted.  I  wonder  you 
were  not  afraid.  Can  I  be  wrong  in  deeming  such  a 
proceeding  in  a  high  degree  sinful  ?  Has  not  the  SPIRIT 
pronounced  a  tremendous  doom  against  those  who  do 
such  things  (Rev.  xxii.  19)  ? 

The  Revisers  had  admitted  among  their  number  a 
learned  Unitarian  minister,  Dr.  G.  Vance  Smith.  This, 
writes  Burgon,  is,  "it  seems  to  me,  nothing  else  but  an 
insult  to  our  Divine  Master  and  a  wrong  to  the  Church." 
Of  the  marginal  note  set  by  the  Revisers  against  Romans 


128  ENGLISH  WORK 

ix.  5,  he  complains  that  it  is  "  a  Socinian  gloss  gratui 
tously  thrust  into  the  margin  of  every  Englishman's 
New  Testament." 

Poor  Dean  Farrar  escapes  with  an  expression  of  con 
tempt  for  his  "  hysterical  remarks." 

Nevertheless,  in  his  saner  moments  Burgon  enter 
tained  a  very  just  ideal  of  textual  criticism,  and  in 
the  same  volume  from  which  I  have  made  the  above 
quotations  he  writes  (p.  125)  as  follows  : — 

The  fundamental  principles  of  the  science  of  textual 

criticism  are  not  yet  apprehended Let  a  generation  of 

students  give  themselves  entirely  up  to  this  neglected 
branch  of  sacred  science.  Let  500  more  copies  of  the 
Gospels,  Acts,  and  Epistles  be  diligently  collated.  Let 
at  least  100  of  the  ancient  Lectionaries  be  very  exactly 
collated  also.  Let  the  most  important  versions  be  edited 
afresh,  and  let  the  languages  in  which  these  are  written 
be  for  the  first  time  really  mastered  by  Englishmen. 
A  bove  all,  let  the  Fathers  be  called  upon  to  give  up  their 
precious  secrets.  Let  their  writings  be  ransacked  and 
indexed,  and  (where  needful)  let  the  MSS.  of  their  works 
be  diligently  inspected,  in  order  that  we  may  know  what 
actually  is  the  evidence  which  they  afford.  Only  so  will 
it  ever  be  possible  to  obtain  a  Greek  text  on  which 
absolute  reliance  may  be  placed,  and  which  may  serve 
as  the  basis  for  a  satisfactory  revision  of  our  Authorised 
Version. 

It  is  a  curious  indication  ot  the  muddle  into  which 
theological  arriere  pensee  can  get  otherwise  honest  men 
that  almost  in  the  same  breath  Burgon  could  prejudge 
the  question  at  issue  and  write  as  follows  (Feb.  21, 
1887)  to  Lord  Cranbrook  : — • 

You  will  understand  then  that,  in  briet,  my  object  is 
to  vindicate  the  Traditional  Text  of  the  New  Testament 
against  all  its  past  and  present  assailants,  and  to  estab 
lish  it  on  such  a  basis  of  security  that  it  may  be  incapable 


ENGLISH  WORK  129 


of  being  effectually  disturbed  any  more.  I  propose  myself 
to  lay  down  logical  principles,  and  to  demonstrate  that 
men  have  been  going  wrong  for  the  last  fifty  years,  and 
to  explain  how  this  has  come  to  pass  in  every  instance, 
and  to  get  them  to  admit  their  error.  At  least,  I  will 
convince  every  fair  person  that  the  truth  is  what  I  say  it 
is — viz.,  that  in  nine  cases  out  of  ten  the  commonly 
received  text  is  the  true  one. 

There  was  some  ground  then  for  the  gibe  that 
Burgon's  one  aim  was  to  canonise  the  misprints  of  a 
sixteenth-century  printer.  He  was,  in  fact,  upholding 
a  paradox  ;  he  would  not — perhaps  could  not,  so  dense 
was  the  veil  of  prejudice  with  which  the  old  theory  of 
inspiration  covered  his  eyes — see  that  prior  to  the 
collection  of  the  gospels  in  a  canon,  about  the  year 
180,  and  while  they  were  still  circulating  singly  in 
isolated  churches,  their  text  was  less  fixed  and  more 
liable  to  changes,  doctrinal  and  transcriptional,  than 
they  ever  were  afterwards  ;  and  that  the  ultimate  text, 
if  there  ever  was  one  that  deserves  to  be  so  called,  is 
for  ever  irrecoverable.  The  reductio  ad  absurdum  of  his 
bias  for  the  Received,  or  rather  Vulgar,  text  was,  as 
might  be  expected,  provided  by  himself.  The  passage 
is  so  picturesque  as  to  merit  to  be  cited  in  its  inte 
grity  :— 

I  request  that  the  clock  of  history  may  be  put  back 
1,700  years.  This  is  A.D.  .183,  if  you  please;  and — 
indulge  me  in  the  supposition  ! — you  and  I  are  walking 
in  Alexandria.  We  have  reached  the  house  of  one 
Clemens,  a  learned  Athenian,  who  has  long  been  a 
resident  here.  Let  us  step  into  his  library — he  is  from 
home.  What  a  queer  place  !  See,  he  has  been  reading 
his  Bible,  which  is  open  at  St.  Mark  x.  Is  it  not  a  well- 
used  copy  ?  It  must  be  at  least  fifty  or  sixty  years  old. 
Well,  but  suppose  only  thirty  or  forty.  It  was  executed, 


130  ENGLISH  WORK 

therefore,  within  fifty  years  of  the  death  of  St.  John  the 
Evangelist.  Come,  let  us  transcribe  two  of  the  columns 

(  <reA£5es)  as  faithfully  as  we  possibly  can,  and  be  off. 

We  are  back  in  England  again,  and  the  clock  has  been 
put  right.  Now  let  us  sit  down  and  examine  our 

curiosity  at  leisure It  proves  on  inspection  to  be  a 

transcript  of  the  fifteen  verses  (ver.  17  to  ver.  31)  which 
relate  to  the  coming  of  the  rich  young  ruler  to  our  Lord. 

We  make  a  surprising"  discovery It  is  impossible  to 

produce  a  fouler  exhibition  of  St.  Mark  x.  17-31  than  is 
contained  in  a  document  older  than  either  B.  or  Aleph — 
itself  the  property  of  one  of  the  most  famous  of  the  ante- 

Nicene  Fathers The  foulness  of  a  text  which  must 

have  been  penned  within  seventy  or  eighty  years  of  the 
death  of  the  last  of  the  Evangelists  is  a  matter  of  fact, 
which  must  be  loyally  accepted  and  made  the  best  of. 
The   Revised  Version,   as  anyone  will   have  noticed 
who    has  compared   it  with  the    old  authorised    texts, 
omits  an  enormous  number  of  passages,  some  of  which 
were  of  great  beauty  and  pathos.     Accordingly  Dean 
Goulburn,    Burgon's   friend,  partisan,  and    biographer, 
writes  (Life  of  J.   W.  Burgon^  ii.  213)  thus  : — 

Are  not  these  three  passages  alone — the  record  of  the 
agony,  the  record  of  the  first  saying  on  the  cross,  and 
the  doxology  of  the  Lord's  Prayer — passages  of  such 
value  as  ,to  make  it  wrong  and  cruel  to  shake  the  faith 
of  ordinary  Bible  readers  in  them  ? 

Here  is  a  pragmatist  argument  indeed.  Truth  is  to 
be  sacrificed  to  efficiency  in  practical  working.  In  the 
same  temper  Canon  Liddon  had  written  to  Burgon 
lamenting  that  the  Revision  had  been  conducted  more 
as  if  it  was  a  literary  enterprise  than  a  religious  one. 
Neither  Burgon  nor  his  friends  seem  to  have  had  any 
idea  that,  by  issuing  a  translation  that  is  not  as  exact 
a  representation  as  possible  of  the  oldest  and  most 
authentic  texts  procurable,  you  commit  in  the  field  of 


ENGLISH  WORK  131 


religion  the  same  sort  of  crime  as  a  forger  does  in  the 
commercial  world  by  uttering  base  coin  or  flash  bank 
notes.  No  Jesuits  were  ever  more  tortuous  in  their 
methods. 

In  his  Introduction  to  the  First  Three  Gospels  (Berlin, 
1905,  p.  6)  J.  Wellhausen  sums  wp  Burgon's  position 
by  saying  that  the  further  the  manuscript  tradition 
stretches  back,  the  worse  it  becomes.  Grey  hairs,  he 
laconically  adds,  cannot  always  save  a  divine  from 
making  a  fool  of  himself.1  Even  admirers  of  Burgon 
had  their  misgivings  roused  by  such  outbursts  as  the 
one  I  have  cited.  If  water  choked  them,  what  had  they 
left  to  drink?  If  the  two  most  ancient  of  our  uncial 
codices,  Vaticanus  B  and  the  Sinaitic  Aleph,  are  false 
witnesses  against  Christ,  and  if  our  oldest  ascertainable 
texts  of  the  second  century  excel  in  "  foulness,"  then 
what  corruptions  may  not  lurk  in  later  texts,  time  and 
the  mechanical  errors  of  scribes  being  the  sole  factors  in 
change  which  the  orthodox  would  allow?  There  is  no 
doubt  that  such  verdicts  from  one  so  indisputably 
orthodox  and  learned  as  the  Dean  of  Chichester  helped 
to  unsettle  the  minds  of  the  clergy  and  educated  laymen 
and  that  they  prepared  the  way  for  the  outspoken 
criticisms  of  the  Encyclopedia  Biblica. 

A  tendency  has  long  been  visible  in  the  Anglican 
Communion  to  lighten  the  ship  by  jettisoning  the  books 
of  Moses  ;  and  the  most  recent  results  (we  write  in 
1910)  of  New  Testament  textual  criticism  have  still 
further  undermined  faith.  The  old  bull-dog-like  con 
fidence  of  Burgon  and  Liddon  is  seldom  shown  to-day. 
Mr.  Robert  Anderson,  one  of  the  few  whose  robust 
orthodoxy  is  still  proof  against  any  and  all  reasoning 

1  Richtig  ist  allerdings,  dass  Alter  nicht  vor  Thorheit  schutzt. 


132  ENGLISH  WORK 

in  these  domains,  justly  states   the   position  of  the  Lux 

Mundi  school  as  follows  : — 

The  Bible  is  not  infallible,  but  the  Church  is  infallible, 
and  upon  the  authority  of  the  Church  our  faith  can  find 
a  sure  foundation.  But  how  do  we  know  that  the  Church 
is  to  be  trusted  ?  The  ready  answer  is,  We  know  it  upon 
the  authority  of  the  Bible.  That  is  to  say,  we  trust  the 
Bible  on  the  authority  of  the  Church,  and  we  trust  the 
Church  on  the  authority  of  the  Bible.  It  is  a  bad  case  of 
"the  confidence  trick"  (The  Silence  of  God,  1898,  p.  92). 

It  remains  to  be  seen  whether  in  the  century  on  the 
threshold  of  which  we  stand  the  authority  of  the 
thaumaturgic  priest  will  survive  that  of  the  Bible  ;  and 
whether  the  critics,  having-  finally  discredited  the  New 
Testament,  will  not  turn  their  bulls'-eyes  on  to  the  history 
of  the  Church  and  Sacraments.  In  this  task  they  will 
have  a  powerful  ally  in  the  new  sciences  of  compara 
tive  religion  and  anthropology,  just  as  they  may  have  a 
relentless  enemy  in  an  electorate  in  which  women  may 
command  a  clear  majority  of  votes.  It  has  been  said 
that  Christianity  begfan  with  women  and  will  end  with 
them.  It  is  certainly  the  case  that  they  are  more 
easily  imposed  upon  by  priests  than  are  men,  more 
attracted  by  pomp  of  vestments,  by  music,  lights, 
incense,  auricular  confession  and  magic  of  sacraments, 
less  prone  to  ask  about  any  doctrine  or  ceremony 
presented  to  them  under  the  rubric  of  faith  and  religion 
the  questions:  Is  it  true?  On  what  evidence  does 
it  repose  ?  Has  it  any  rational  meaning-,  any  historical 
basis? 

This  dissatisfaction  with  the  Bible  as  a  standard  ot 
faith  is  beginning-  also  to  be  felt  in  the  Latin  Com 
munion  ;  and  is  really  voiced  by  the  distinguished 
Oxford  Catholic,  Father  Joseph  Rickaby,  whom  I  have 


ENGLISH  WORK  133 


already  had  occasion  to  cite,  in  the  following' 
passage1  : — 

In  the  Gospels  and  Acts  we  do  not  possess  one  tenth  of 
the  evidence  that  carried  conviction  to  Dionysius  on  the 
Areopagus,  and  to  Apollos  at  Ephesus.  We  are  still 
beset  with  the  old  Protestant  Article,  that  everything 
worth  a  Christian's  knowing  was  put  down  in  black  and 
white  once  and  for  all  in  the  pages  of  the  New  Testament. 

In  the  sequel  he  declares  that  "the  glad  tidings" 
which  travelled  "  by  word  of  mouth  "  from  Peter  and 
John  and  Paul  to  their  disciples,  and  from  these 
"  through  all  generations  " — that  these  "  have  not  dried 
up  into  parchments  ;  they  are  something  over  and 
above  the  Codex  Sinaiticus"  He  admits  that  "  the 
written  narratives  of  the  New  Testament  are  difficult 
to  harmonise,  and  leave  strange  gaps  and  lacunae"; 
but  he  is  not  distressed  by  that,  and,  much  as  "  he 

believes  in  the  Word  of  the  Gospel still  more  does 

he  believe  in  the  word  of  the  Church."  It  is  a  pity 
that  he  does  not  specify  in  what  particulars  the  Church's 
unwritten  tradition  supplements  the  gaps  and  lacunas 
of  the  New  Testament,  or  reconciles  the  many  contra 
dictions  of  its  narratives.  We  seem  to  read  between 
his  lines  this,  that  he  is  ready  to  let  the  critics  have 
their  way  with  the  written  records  of  his  religion,  if 
only  the  Church  can  be  held  together  in  some  other 
way,  her  rites  and  sacraments  guaranteed,  and  the 
sacerdotalist  positions  secured.  It  is  probable  that 
the  Church  can  provide  a  canon  of  lead  more  pliable 
than  the  cast-iron  rule  of  the  letter.  This  ecclesiastic, 
we  feel,  is  well  on  his  way  to  become  a  modernist  as 
far  as  the  Scriptures  are  concerned. 

1  P.  143  of  the  \o\umejesus  or  Christ?  London,  1909. 


CHAPTER  IX. 
THE  MODERNISTS 

RECENT  encyclicals  of  Pope  Pio  X.  speak  of  the 
Modernists  as  if  they  formed  a  close  sect ;  yet  on 
closer  inspection  they  are  seen  to  be  detached  workers 
in  various  fields — in  literature,  like  Fogazzaro ;  in 
philosophy  and  religion,  like  Father  Tyrrell  and  Baron 
von  Hugel  ;  in  Hebrew  philosophy,  like  Minocchi  ;  in 
Assyriology,  Hebrew,  and  New  Testament  exegesis, 
like  Alfred  Loisy ;  in  Church  history,  like  Albert 
Houtin.  All  of  them  good  Catholics,  and  only  desirous 
of  remaining  members  of  their  Church,  they  were  only 
united  in  their  desire  to  raise  its  scholarship  and 
thinking  to  a  modern  critical  level.  Loisy  was  born 
1857,  and  already  as  a  young  man  made  himself  a 
name.  He  held  the  Chair  of  Assyriology  and  Hebrew 
in  the  Catholic  Institute  of  Paris  till  1892,  when  he  was 
deprived,  because  he  was  too  much  of  a  scholar  and  a 
gentleman  to  stoop  to  the  forced  explanations  and 
artificial  combinations  of  a  Vigouroux.  He  then  took 
up  the  study  of  the  New  Testament,  but  continued  to 
lecture  at  the  School  of  Higher  Studies  on  Biblical 
Exegesis,  drawing  large  audiences,  largely  composed 
of  clerics.  These  lectures  he  ceased  in  March,  1904,  at 
the  instance  of  the  Pope.  In  1903  he  followed  up  his 
little  book,  The  Gospel  and  the  Church,  which  had  given 
much  offence,  with  an  ample  commentary  on  the  fourth 
gospel,  in  which  he  pulverised  the  old  view  of  its 


THE  MODERNISTS 


135 


apostolic  authorship.  The  Papal  Biblical  Commis 
sioners  alluded  to  above  were  interrogated  about 
it,  and  issued  an  absurd  counterblast.  Loisy's  great 
commentary,  in  two  volumes,  on  the  Synoptic  gospels 
followed  in  the  spring  of  1907,  just  before  a  Papal  bull 
of  major  excommunication  declared  him  to  be  a  homo 
vitandus  qui  ab  omnibus  vitari  debet — "a  man  to  be 
avoided,  whom  everyone  is  bound  to  avoid."  A  Latin 
Bishop  in  Great  Britain  publishing  such  a  document 
would  render  himself  liable  to  imprisonment  for  malicious 
libel.  Except,  however,  that  his  charwoman  gave  him 
notice  and  left,  Loisy  sustained  no  harm,  for  the  Pope's 
spiritual  weapons  are  almost  as  antiquated  as  the  old 
muskets  I  have  seen  in  the  hands  of  his  Swiss  guards.  In 
the  following  year  Loisy  was  chosen  Professor  of  Eccle 
siastical  History  in  the  University  of  Paris,  in  succes 
sion  to  the  late-lamented  Jean  Rdville,  the  author  of 
exhaustive  works  on  the  early  history  of  the  Episcopate 
and  on  the  fourth  gospel.  Not  content  with  the  magni 
ficent  advertisement  of  excommunication,  the  Pope 
supplied  another,  yet  ampler,  by  issuing  in  July,  1907, 
an  encyclical  (beginning  Lamentabili  sane  extiu)  in 
which  were  condemned  sixty-five  theses  drawn,  or 
supposed  by  the  Pope  and  his  inquisitors  to  be  drawn, 
from  Loisy's  works.  Though  in  these  theses  Loisy's 
conclusions  are  often  falsified  or  exaggerated,  they 
are,  on  the  whole,  an  apt  summary  of  the  most  recent 
and  assured  results  of  criticism  ;  and  their  dissemination 
must  have  damaged  the  cause  of  the  Modernists  about 
as  much  as  a  formal  condemnation  of  Euclid's  axioms 
would  damage  geometricians.  The  following  are  some 
of  the  propositions  condemned  :— 

15.  The   gospels,   until    the   canon   was   defined  and 
fixed,    were    amplified     by    continual     additions    and 


136  THE  MODERNISTS 

corrections.     There  survived   in   them,   therefore,   only 
tenuous  and  uncertain  vestiges  of  Christ's  teaching1. 

16.  The  narratives  of  John  are  not,  properly  speaking, 
history,  but  a  mystical  envisagement  of  the  gospel.  The 
discourses  in  it  are  theological  meditations  on  the  mystery 
of  salvation  devoid  of  historical  truth. 

2 1 .  The  Revelation,  which  forms  the  object  of  Catholic 
faith,  was  not  completed  with  the  Apostles. 

22.  The  dogmas  which  the  Church  regards  as  revealed 
are  not  truths  fallen  from  heaven,  but  a  sort  of  interpre 
tation  of  religious  facts  at  which  the  human  mind  arrived 
by  laborious  efforts. 

27.  The  divinity  of  Jesus  Christ  cannot  be  proved 
from  the  gospels  ;  it  is  a  dogma  deduced  by  the 
Christian  conscience  from  the  notion  of  the  Messiah. 

30.  In  all  the  gospel  texts  the  name  Son  of  God  is 
equivalent    only    to    the    title    Messiah ;    it    in    no  way 
signified  that  Christ  was  the  true  and  natural  son  of 
God. 

31.  The  teaching  about  Christ  handed  down  by  Paul, 
John,  and  the  Councils  of  Nice,  Ephesus,  and  Chalcedon 
is  not  that  which  Jesus  taught,  but  only  what  Christians 
had  come  to  think  about  Jesus. 

32.  The  natural  sense  of  the  gospel  texts  cannot  be 
reconciled  with  what  our  theologians  teach  about  the 
consciousness  and  infallible  knowledge  of  Jesus  Christ. 

33.  It  is  evident  to  anyone  not  led  away  by  his  preju 
dices    either    that    Jesus    taught   an    error    about   the 
immediate  advent  of  the  Messiah,  or  that  the  greater 
part  of  his  teaching  as  contained  in  the  Synoptic  gospels 
is  unauthentic. 

34.  Criticism  cannot   attribute  to  Christ  knowledge 
without   bounds    or   limit,    except    on    the    hypothesis, 
inconceivable    historically    and    repugnant    to    modern 


THE  MODERNISTS  137 

feeling,  that  Christ  as  man  possessed  God's  knowledge, 
apd  yet  was  unwilling  to  communicate  a  knowledge  of 
/so  many  things  to  his  disciples  and  to  posterity. 

55-   Christ  was  not  from  the  first  conscious  of  being 
Messiah. 

37.  Faith  in  Christ's  resurrection  was,  to  begin  with, 
a  belief  in  the  fact  itself  than  in  his  being  immortal 
alive  in  God's  presence. 

38.  The  doctrine  of  the  expiatory  death  of  Christ  is 
Xnot  in  the  gospels,  but  was  originated  by  Paul  alone. 

43.  The  custom  of  conferring  baptism  on  infants  was 
part  of  an  evolution  of  discipline  which  eventually  led 
to  this  sacrament  being  resolved  into  two— viz.,  Baptism 
and  Penance. 

45.  In  Paul's  account  of  the  institution  of  the 
Eucharist  (i  Cor.  xi.  23-25)  we  must  not  take  every 
thing  historically. 

49.  As  the  Christian  Supper  little  by  little  assumed 
l4ie  character  of  a  liturgical  action,  so  those  who  were 
/  accustomed  to  preside  at  it  acquired  a  sacerdotal 
character. 

51.  Marriage  could  become  a  sacrament  of  the  New 
Law  only  fairly  late  in  the  Church,  etc. 

52.  It  was  foreign  to  the  mind  of  Christ  to  set  up  a 
Church  as  a  society  which  was  to  endure  through  long 
ages   upon  the  earth.     On   the  contrary,  he   imagined 
that  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  and  the  end  of  the  world 
were  both  equally  imminent. 

55.  Simon   Peter  never  dreamed    of  primacy  in  the 
Church  having  been  conferred  on  him  by  Christ. 

56.  The  promotion  of  the  Roman  Church  to  be  head 
of  other   Churches  was   due   to    no    arrangements    of 
Divine  Providence,  but  purely  to  political  conditions. 

60.   Christian    teaching  was  Jewish    to    begin    with, 


138  THE  MODERNISTS 

though  by  successive  evolutions  it  afterwards  became, 
first  Pauline,  then  Johannine,  and  finally  Hellenic  and 
universal. 

65.  Modern  Catholicism  can  compound  with  genuine 
science  only  by  transforming  itself  into  a  sort  of 
undogmatic  Christianity — that  is,  into  a  broad  and 
liberal  Protestantism. 

Needless  to  say,  these  principles  are  largely  exem 
plified  in  the  lives  and  writings  of  our  younger  English 
clergy  ;  and  Professor  Sanday,  in  his  latest  work  on  Chris- 
tologies,  declares  that  we  must  modernise,  whether  we  will 
or  no.  He  accordingly  argues  that  the  division  in 
Jesus  between  the  Divine  and  Human  was  not  vertical, 
as  the  Fathers  imagined,  so  that  his  waking  actions 
and  thoughts  could  be  apportioned  now  to  one,  now  to 
the  other  class.  It  was  rather  horizontal,  his  divine 
consciousness  being  only  subliminal,  and  all  the  rest  of 
him  purely  human.  So  I  find  that,  as  M.  Jourdain  had 
all  his  life  been  talking  prose  without  knowing  it,  I 
have  been  believing  all  along  in  an  incarnation  which 
Jesus  at  best  shared  with  his  fellow  men.  But  to  be 
quite  serious  :  this  view  hardly  does  justice  to  the  mind 
and  character  of  Jesus,  even  in  the  eyes  of  those  who 
deny  that  he  was  in  any  way  unique  among  men.  For 
the  subliminal  self  is  no  better  than  a  storehouse  of  past 
experiences  and  memories,  some  of  them  possibly  ante 
natal,  of  the  individual  ;  and  it  is  chiefly  revealed  under 
abnormal  and  diseased  cerebral  conditions.  At  best  it 
is  a  stepping-stone  of  the  dead  self  on  which  "  to  rise  to 
higher  things."  Moral  achievements  and  character 
imply  more,  and  are  the  work  of  a  creative  will 
generating  new  results  that  never  pre-existed  in  any 
form  ;  and  we  enter  an  impasse  if  we  try  to  explain 
conscious  experiences  and  efforts  of  will  as  the  mere 


THE  MODERNISTS  139 

unwinding  of  a  coiled  spring,  as  the  unfolding-  of  an 
eternal  order  already  implicit  in  things.  For  in  the 
spiritual  domain  the  past  does  not  wholly  contain  the 
future  ;  and  no  moral  or  speculative  end  is  served  by 
trying-  to  deduce  our  lives  from  ulterior  spiritual  beings 
or  agencies.  If  all  holy  thoughts  and  good  counsels 
proceed  from  a  being  called  God,  whence  did  he  derive 
them  ?  Why  should  they  not  be  as  ultimate  and 
original  in  us,  who  certainly  possess  them,  as  in  this 
hypothetically  constituted  author  of  them  ?  No  doubt  on 
such  a  view  the  burden  of  human  responsibility  becomes 
greater,  but  it  is  not  insupportable.  The  rule,  Ex  nihilo 
nihil  fit,  holds  good  only  in  the  phenomenal  world  of 
matter,  and  perhaps  not  absolutely  there  ;  and  the  idea 
that  so  much  of  revelation  as  there  was  in  Jesus,  or  as 
there  is  in  any  of  us,  must  needs  flow  from  some 
ulterior  source  outside  or  before  us  is  an  illegitimate 
extension  of  this  rule  to  the  spiritual  sphere.  Further 
more,  we  feel  that,  if  Dr.  Sanday  had  not  to  buttress  up 
the  dogma  of  the  two  natures  in  Christ,  he  would  not 
venture  on  these  excursions  into  modern  philosophy. 
Now,  it  is  certain  that  the  Fathers  of  the  Church  did 
not  mean  by  their  formulas  what  Professor  Sanday  tries 
to  make  them  mean.  What,  then,  is  the  use  of  clinging 
to  forms  of  words  which  we  can  no  longer  take  in  the 
sense  to  express  which  they  were  devised?  And  the 
same  criticism  applies  to  Dr.  Gore's  explanation  of 
the  incarnation  as  a  kenosis  or  self-emptying  by 
Jesus  Christ  of  his  divine  nature,  as  a  laying-aside  of 
his  cosmic  role  and  attributes  in  order  to  be  born  a  son 
of  woman.  Dr.  Gore  himself  allows  that  no  Father  or 
teacher  of  the  Church,  from  Irenaeus  down  to  his  friend 
the  late  Professor  Bright  of  Oxford,  would  have  tolerated 
his  explanation.  Surely,  then,  it  would  be  better  to 

K 


i4°  THE  MODERNISTS 

give  up  altogether  a  form  of  words  which  he  can  no 
longer  accept  in  the  sense  in  which  they  were  framed. 

And  the  same  reflection  must  have  crossed  the  minds 
of  many  of  the  readers  of  Dr.  Sanday's  work  (already 
cited)  on  Christologies  Ancient  and  Modern  when  they 
reached  the  passage  of  it  in  which  he  crowns  a  life  of 
continuous  intellectual  growth,  of  ceaseless  endeavour  to 
understand  others  and  give  them  their  due,  of  perpetual 
and  sincere,  if  cautious,  acceptance  of  Truth  as  she  has 
unveiled  herself  to  his  eyes,  with  the  declaration  that 
he  repeats  a  creed  "not  as  an  individual,  but  as  a 
member  of  the  Church."  He  does  "not  feel  that  he  is 
responsible  for "  the  creeds,  and  "  tacitly  corrects  the 
defects  of  expression,  because  he  believes  that  the 
Church  would  correct  them  if  it  could."  He  sums  the 
matter  up  in  the  words  : — 

For  the  creed  as  it  stands  the  Church  is  responsible, 

and  not  I I  myself  regard  the  creeds,  from  this  most 

individual  and  personal  point  of  view,  as  great  outstand 
ing  historical  monuments  of  the  Faith  of  the  Church.  As 

such  I  cannot  but  look  upon  them  with  veneration 

But,  at  the  same  time,  I  cannot  forget  that  the  critical 
moments  in  the  composition  of  the  creeds  were  in  the 
fourth  and  fifth  centuries,  and  that  they  have  never  been 
revised  or  corrected  since. 

As  we  read  these  words  of  Dr.  Sanday,  we  realise 
what  an  advance  has  taken  place  in  the  last  thirty 
years,  and  that  the  day  is  not  far  off  when  Christian 
records  will  be  frankly  treated  like  any  other  ancient  text, 
and  the  gospel  narratives  taken  into  general  history 
to  be  sifted  and  criticised  according  to  the  same 
methods  and  in  the  same  impartial  temper  which  we 
bring  to  the  study  of  all  other  documents.  La  verite  est 
en  marche. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


[In  the  following  bibliography  I  confine  myself  almost  entirely 
to  works  of  the  last  ten  years.  It  is  disconcerting  to  have  to  name 
so  few  English  books  ;  but,  as  in  earlier  decades,  so  in  this,  the 
majority  of  English  works  bearing  on  the  criticism  of  the  Gospels, 
are  merely  apologetic,  and  deserve  little  notice  as  works  of 
learning. — F.  C.  C.] 

Abbott,  Rev.  Edwin  A.     All  his  works. 

Bacon,  Dr.  B.  W.  The  Fourth  Gospel  in  Research  and  Debate. 
New  York,  1910  ;  4  dols. 

Bacon,  Dr.  B.  W.  The  Beginnings  of  Gospel  Story.  Yale, 
1909  ;  IQS. 

Bigg,  Canon  Ch.      Wayside  Sketches  in  Ecclesiastical  History. 

1906  ;  75.  6d. 

Blass,  Prof.  F.  Grammar  of  New  Testament  Greek.  (Trans 
lated  by  Henry  St.  John  Thack  ••  ay.)  143. 

Bousset,  Prof.  Dr.  W.     Hauptprobleme  der  Gnosis.      1907  ;   I2S. 

Burkitt,  Prof.  F.  C.  Evangelion  da-Mepharrcshe.  Cambridge, 
1904  ;  423. 

Carpenter,  Principal  Estlin.      The  First  Three  Gospels. 

Charles,  Rev.  R.  H.     Eschatoloify.     London,  1899. 

Criticism  of  the  New  Testament.    St.  Margaret's  Lectures.    1902. 

Deissmann,  Adolf.     Light  from  the  Ancient  East.      1910;   153. 

Dobschiitz,  E.  von.  The  Apostolic  Age.  (Translated  by 
Pogson.)  London,  1910;  2s. 

Drummond,  James.  Studies  in  Christian  Doctrine.  London, 
1909  ;  IDS.  6d. 

Encyclopedia  Biblica.     4  vols. ;  423. 

Gardner,  Prof.  Percy.      The  Groivth  of  Christianity.      London, 

1907  ;  38.  6d. 

Gardner,  Prof.  Percy.     A  Historic  View  of  the  New  Testament. 
1901. 
'Gore,  Rev.  C.  H.     Dissertations  on  the  Incarnation.     London, 

Gregory,  Dr.  C.  R.  Canon  and  Text  of  the  New  Testament. 
Edinburgh,  1907. 

Gregory,  Dr.  C.  R.  Text  kritik  des  Neues  Testamentes.  Three 
vols.  Leipzig,  1902-1909. 

Gregory,  Dr.  C.  R.  Die  Griechischen  Handschriften  des  Neues 
Testamentes.  Leipzig,  1908. 

141 


142  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Gregory,  Dr.  C.  R.     Canon   and  Text  of  the  New    Testament. 
Edinburgh  ;   123. 

Harnack,    A.      Luke    the    Physician.      (Translated    by   J.    R. 
Wilkinson.)     1907  ;  6s. 

Harnack,  A.      The  Sayings  of  Jesus.      1908  ;  53. 
Harris,  J.    Rendell.      Side-lights  on  New  Testament  Research. 
1909  ;  6s. 

Hastings,  James.     Encyclopedia  of  Religion  and  Ethics. 
Hasting-s,  James.     A  Dictionary  of  the  Bible.     285. 
Houtin,  Albert.     La  Question  Biblique  au  XIXe  Siecle.     Paris, 
1902.     And  La  Q.  B.  au  XXe  Siecle.     Paris,  1906. 

The  International  Critical  Commentary.     E.  &  T.  Clark,  Edin 
burgh. 

Jowett,  Benjamin.     Epistles  of  St.  Paul. 

Jiilicher,    Adolf.       An    Introduction    to     the    New     Testament. 
(Translated  by  J.  P.  Ward.)     London,  1904. 

Knopf,  R.     Der  Text  des  Neues  Testamentes.     1906. 
Lake,  Prof.   Kirsopp.      The  Historical  Evidence  for  the  Resur 
rection  of  Jesus.      1907;  53. 

Lake,  Prof.  Kirsopp.      The  Text  of  the  New  Testament.     1900. 
Kiibel,  Johannes.      Geschichte   des   Katholischen    Modernismus. 
Tubingen,  1909  ;  43. 

Levy,  Albert.     David  Fre'de'ric  Strauss.     Paris,  1910;  53. 
Lietzmann,  Hans.     Handbuch  zum  Neuen  Testament.      (In  this 
series    are   contained    Prof.     Dr.     Paul    Wendland's    History   of 
Hellenistic-Roman  Culture,  and  also  commentaries  on  the  Gospels 
and  Pauline  Epistles.) 

Loisy,  Alfred.     Les   Evangiles  Synoptiques.      1907  ;  30  fr. 
Loisy,  Alfred.     Le  Quatrteme  Evangile.     Paris,  1903. 
Loisy,   Alfred.      The   Gospel  and  the   Church.     (Translated    by 
C.  Home.)     1908;  35.  6d. 

Macan,  R.  W.      The  Resurrection  of  Jesus  Christ.     Edinburgh, 
1877. 

McGiffert,  A.  C.     The  Apostles'  Creed.     New  York,  1902. 
McGiffert,  A.  C.     History  of  Christianity  in  the  Apostolic  Age. 
New  York,  1898;  125. 

Martineau,  James.     The  Seat  of  Authority  in  Religion.     London, 
1890. 

Moffatt's  Historical  New  Testament. 

Montefiore,  C.  G.      The  Synoptic  Gospels.     Twovols.;  i8s. 
Moulton,  James  Hope.     A  Grammar  of  New  Testament  Greek. 
Two  vols.     Edinburgh,  1906  ;  i6s. 

The    New     Testament     in     the     Apostolic    Fathers.      Oxford, 
1905  ;  6s. 

Pfleiderer,  Dr.  Otto.     The  Early  Christian  Conception  of  Christ. 
London,  1905  ;  33.  6d. 

Pfleiderer,  Dr.  Otto.     Primitive  Christianity.     (Translated  by 
W.  Montgomery.)     Twovols.;  2 is. 

Pfleiderer,  Dr.  Otto.      The  Development  of  Christianity.     55. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  143 

Preuschen,  Ed.  Antilegomena.  (Greek  texts  with  German 
translation.)  Second  edition.  1905  ;  4$.  6d. 

The  Programme  of  Modernism.  (Translated  from  the  Italian  by 
Rev.  A.  Leslie  Lilley.)  1908  ;  SH. 

Ramsay,  Sir  W.  M.  The  Church  in  the  Roman  Empire,  before 
A.D.  770.  I2s. 

Reinach,  Salomon.     Orpheus. 

Reitzenstein,  R.  Die  Hellenistischen  Mysterienreligionen. 
Berlin,  1910. 

Renan,  E.     Les  Apdtres,  1866;  L'Antechrist,  1873;  St.  Paul. 

Reville,  Jean.     Le  Quatrieme  Evangile.     Paris,  1901. 

Robinson,  Dr.  J.  A.,  Dean  of  Westminster.  The  Study  of  the 
Gospels.  1903. 

Sabatier,  Paul.  Notes  dl  Histoire  religieuse  contcmporaine,  Les 
Modernistes.  1909;  33. 

Schmiedel,  Paul  W.      The  Johannine  Writings.     London,  1908. 

Schurer,  Prof.  Dr.  Emil.  History  of  the  Jewish  People  in  the 
Time  of  Jesus  Christ. 

Schweitzer,  Dr.  A.  The  Quest  of  the  Historical  Jesus.  (Trans 
lated  by  W.  Montgomery.)  1910;  IDS.  6d. 

Smith,  Goldwin.     In  Quest  of  Light.     New  York,  1906;  45. 

Soden,  H.  von.  History  of  Early  Christian  Literature.  (Trans 
lated  by  T.  R.  Wilkinson.)  London,  1906  ;  53. 

Spitta,  Prof.  Dr.  Fr.  Streitfragen  der  Geschichte  Jesus.  1907; 
6.80  mks. 

Sturt,  Henry.      The  Idea  of  a  Free  Church.     London,  1909. 

Tyrrell,  G.      The  Church  and  the  Future.      1910;  2s.  6d. 

Weizsacker's  Apostolic  Age  of  the  Christian  Church.     Two  vols. 

Wellhausen.  Einleitung  in  die  drei  ersten  Evangelien.  Berlin, 
1905. 

Wendt,  Prof.  Dr.  H.  H.     Die  Lehre  Jesu.     1901  ;  I2S. 

Wernle,  Dr.  Paul.  Sources  of  our  Knowledge  of  the  Life  of 
Jesus.  1907. 

Wernle,  Prof.  P.  The  Beginnings  of  Christianity.  (Translated 
by  G.  A.  Bienenmann.)  1904;  zis. 

Westcott  and  Hort.  Greek  Testament.  (With  Introduction  on 
the  MSS.) 

Zahn,  Th.     Einleitung  in  das  Neue  Testament.     Two  vols. 


INDEX 


ABBOTT,  Rev.  E.  A.,  his  Synop- 

ticon,  1 1 8 
Acta      Sanctorum,     growth     of 

legends    in,    compared    with 

the  Gospels,  56 
Alford,  Dean,  on  Harmonising- 

of  Scripture,    18,   24,    27,  49, 

5°>  53 
Anderson,    Sir   Robert,  on   the 

Lux  Mundi,  29 
Anderson,  Sir  Robert,  onSacer- 

dotalistic  substitutes  for   the 

Bible,  132 
Ataraxia,  Stoic  ideal  of,  applied 

to  Jesus,  58 

BAUR,  F.  C. ,  his  Life  and  Work, 

98  foil. 
Bengel  on  the  Three  Witnesses, 

72 

Burgon,  Dean  of  Chichester, 
his  attacks  on  the  Revised 
Version  of  the  Gospels,  125 
foil. 

CATHARS,  on    New   Testament 

miracles,  48 
Chase,  Rev.  Dr.,  Bishop  of  Ely, 

on  Matt,  xxviii.  19,  76 
Chilling-worth,  on  Popes,  32 
Collins,  Anthony,  on  Prophecy, 

38  foil. 
Conybeare,  John,  his    Reply  to 

Tindal,  33 
Creighton,  Bishop  of  London,  95 


DAVIDSON,  Dr.,  on  Matt,  xxviii. 
*9>  75 


Deistic  movement,  30 
Diatessaron  of  Tatian,  66 

ERASMUS,  70 

Eschatology  of  Gospels,  Strauss 

on,  106 
Eusebian     reading-      of     Matt. 

xxviii.  19,  74 
Evanson  on  The  Dissonance  of 

the  Evangelists,  87  foil. 

FARRAR'S  Life  of  Christ,  82  ; 
on  Reimarus,  87 

Farrar,  late  Dean  of  Canter 
bury,  13 

Female  suffrage  tends  to  an 
obscurantist  regime,  132 

GIBBON  on  the  Three  Wit 
nesses,  72 

Gibson,  Bishop  of  London,  sup 
presses  Tindal's  works,  34 

Gore,  Rev.  Ch.,  on  the  Kenosis, 

139 

Gospels,  their  compilation.  19 

Goulburn,  Dean,  on  Revised 
Version,  130 

Green,  J.  R.,  and  Stubbs,  anec 
dote  of,  34 

Gregory,  Dr.  C.  R.,  on  New 
Testament  text,  77 

GreswelFs  Harmony  of  Gospels, 
23,  24 

Grotius  on  harmonisings  ot 
Gospels,  27 


HARNACK,  Prof.,  on  Matt,  xxviii. 


75 


144 


INDEX 


Herder,  J.  G.,  80  foil. 
Hurd,      Bishop     of     Lichfield, 
favours  Evanson,  88 

INSPIRATION  of  Scripture,  how 
regarded  by  Origen,  9  foil.; 
by  the  Reformers,  16  foil.; 
by  William  Whiston,  16  ;  by 
Alford,  1 8,  20,  25;  by  Gres- 
well,  23  foil.;  by  Sir  R. 
Anderson,  29 ;  by  Dr.  San- 
day,  28  ;  by  John  Locke,  30  ; 
by  Jeremy  Taylor,  31 

Irenaeus  on  the  Four  Gospels, 
67  ;  on  Johannine  authorship 
of  the  Fourth  Gospel,  50 

JEROME'S     revision      of     Latin 

Bible,  14 
Jesus,  his  Deification  begins  in 

First  and  Third  Gospels,  57 

LACHMANN  on  priority  of  Mark, 
119;  rejected  the  Tex  tits  Re- 
ceptus,  123 

Lardner  on  Oral  Tradition,  117 

Leo  XIII.  on  the  Three  Wit 
nesses,  72 

Liddon,  Canon,  on  Book  of 
Daniel  and  Fourth  Gospel,  60 

Liddon,  Canon,  on  Revised 
Version,  130 

Lightfoot's  answer  to  Super 
natural  Religion^  \  19 

Locke  on  Inspiration,  30 

Loisy,  Alfred,  protected  by 
Leo  XIII.,  74;  on  dogmatic 
changes  in  New  Testament 
text,  77 

Loisy,  excommunicated  by  Pio 

x.,  135 

Luther,  on  authority  of  Church 

tradition,  78 
Lux  Mundi  Sermons,  29 

MARK'S  Gospel  used  by  Matthew 

and  Luke,  19  foil.,  51 
Martin,  David,  on  i  John  v.  7 

and  8,  70 


Martineau,  Dr.  James,  on  Matt, 
xxviii.  19,  75 

Matthew's  Gospel  the  work  of 
an  unknown  compiler,  51 ;  not 
aversion  of  the  Hebrew  Logia 
attested  by  Papias,  59 

Millennial  belief  in  early-Church, 
66 

Modernists,  who  and  what,  134 
—  and  Pio  X.,  78 

NESTLE,  Dr.  Eberhard,  his  edi 
tion  of  New  Testament,  75,  77 

ORAL  tradition  in  Gospels, 
hypothesis  of,  rejected  by 
James  Smith,  115;  adopted  by 
Lardner  and  Davidson,  117 

PAPAL  Encyclicals  against 
Modernists,  134  foil. 

Papias  on  Lopta,  58,  59 ;  his 
lost  Die'ge'seis,  60 

Papias's  testimony  regarding 
Gospels  of  Matthew  and 
Mark,  119 

Pio  X.,  his  summary  of  Modern 
ist  opinions,  135  foil. 

Porson's  work  on  the  Three 
Witnesses^  72 

Priestley,  his  controversy  with 
Horsley,  93  ;  criticises  Evan- 
son,  95 

Priscillian's  text  of  the  Three 
Witnesses,  69 

Prophetic  Gnosis  in  New  Testa 
ment,  34  foil. 

REIMARUS,  83  foil. 

Renan's  life  and  works,  in  foil. 

Revised  Version,  124  foil. 

Rickaby,  Father  Joseph,  on 
progress  of  criticism,  49 

Rickaby,  Father  Joseph,  on 
tradition  outside  the  New 
Testament,  133 

Robinson,  Dr.  Armitage,  Dean 
of  Westminster,  on  composi 
tion  of  Synoptic  Gospels,  51 


146 


INDEX 


foil.,   54,57;    on   the    Fourth 
Gospel,  61  foil. 
Rushbrooke's  Synopticon,  118 

SALMON,  Rev.  Dr.,  on  Westcott 

and  Hort,  68 
Sanday,    Professor,    on    Fourth 

Gospel,  106  ;  on  Modernising-, 

138  ;  on  Creeds,  140 
Sandius  on  i  John  v.  7  and  8,  70 
Schleiermaeher  on  Mark,  110 
Schweitzer,    Albert,    on    Reim- 

arus,     83  ;      his     work,     Von 

Reimarus  zu  Wrede,  97 
Seventy  disciples,   invented   by 

Luke,  19  foil. 

Simon's  Histoire  Critique,  70 
Smith,  James,  of  Jordanhill,  on 

oral  tradition,  115  foil. 
Smith,    of    Jordanhill,    on    the 

Gospels,  52  foil. 
Socinians,  30 
Stephen,  Leslie,  on  the  Deists, 

39,  47;  on  Priestley,  94 
Strauss,  his  Lebenjesu,  103,  115; 

on  eschatology  of  Jesus,  107 
Stubbs,   Bishop    of  Oxford,   his 

attitude  towards   Renan,  34 ; 

his  uncritical  attitude,  95 
Supernatural   Religion,   contro 
verted  by  Dr.  Lightfoot,  119 

foil. 

TAYLOR,    Jeremy,    on     inspira 
tion,  31 


Text  of  Gospels  in  flux  till  it 

was  canonised,  116 
Textus  Receptus,  history  of  the 

term,  121  foil. 
Thompson,      Rev.     J.     M.,     on 

Fourth  Gospel,  106 
Three    Witnesses,    text   of    the, 

70  foil. 
Tindal's  Christianity  as  Old  as 

the  Creation,  31 
Travis,     Archdeacon,     on     the 

Three  Witnesses,  71 
Trinitarian  falsifications  of  New 

Testament,  69  foil. 

VANCE  SMITH,  Dr.  G.,  assailed 

by  Dr.  Burgon,  127 
Voltaire  and  the  English  Deists, 

46 

WEISS,  JOHANNES,  109 
Wellhausen    on    Dean    Burgon, 

I3I 

Westcott  and  Hort,  defects  of 
their  system  of  New  Testa 
ment  criticism,  68 

Whiston,  William,  his  Harmony, 
1 6  foil. 

Woolston,  Thomas,  on  the 
miracles  of  the  New  Testa 
ment,  41  foil. 

XIMENES,  Cardinal,  his  Greco- 
Latin  Bible,  69 


University  of  Toronto 
Library 


DO  NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 


Acme  Library  Card  Pocket 
LOWE-MARTIN  CO.  LIMITED